richmahn_en_tn/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv

Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
MAT	front	intro	sa9c			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Matthew<br><br>1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)<br>1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)<br>1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)<br>1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)<br>1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)<br>1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)<br>1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)<br>1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)<br>1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)<br>1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)<br>1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)<br><br>### What is the book of Matthew about?<br><br>The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Matthew?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”<br><br>Matthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.<br><br>### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:<br>* “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44)<br>* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)<br>* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)<br>* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)<br>* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)<br>* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)<br><br>Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MAT	1	intro	y7kk			0		# Matthew 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>### Indentation<br><br>Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Use of the passive voice<br><br>Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	1	1	vpg1	figs-metaphor	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham	Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	1	3	g8y6	translate-names		0	of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram	Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	1	5	q5bd	translate-names	Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ	1	Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth	**Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	1	11	v2im	figs-explicit	τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	to Babylon	Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deportation to Babylonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	1	12	y7cx	figs-explicit	μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	after the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	1	16	b3bm	figs-activepassive	Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς	1	of Mary, by whom Jesus was born	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	1	16	wdbo	translate-names	Μαρίας	1		The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	1	16	z2rg	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	who is called Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	1	17	z5xw		τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md).
MAT	1	18	gnl6	writing-newevent	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν	1	General Information:	This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	1	18	cqt1	figs-activepassive	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph	Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary, whose parents promised to Joseph that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	1	18	xvk1	figs-euphemism	πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	before they came together	This may refer to Mary and Joseph having sexual relations together. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had united sexually” or “before they joined in physical union” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	1	18	in4a	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	was found having in the womb	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “realized that she was going to have a baby” or “became aware that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	1	18	q6y8	figs-idiom	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1		This is an idiom meaning it was discovered that she was pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “was found by Joseph that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “was discovered to be pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	1	18	a71d	figs-explicit	ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	by the Holy Spirit	The power of the **Holy Spirit** had caused Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	1	19	pu3p	grammar-connect-time-background	Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	to divorce her	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband, a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly, planned to quietly end their engagement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT	1	20	iip4	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ	1	when he had thought	The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time that he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Joseph was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
MAT	1	20	lc8r	figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	son of David	Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	1	20	va5e	figs-activepassive	τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	the one who has been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	1	21	j38f	grammar-connect-time-background	αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	she will bear a son	The phrase **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT	1	22	c1vw	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	1	22	p39k	figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	the prophet	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	1	22	e8ld	writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1		In Paul’s culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation, ending the previous sentence with a period and beginning a new sentence: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	1	23	sln1	translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Immanuel	The word **Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	1	23	wlft	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	1	23	lm6t	grammar-connect-time-background	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	which is translated, “God with us.”	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT	1	24	iue3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	1	25	i7p5	figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	he did not know her	Matthew uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	2	intro	dz1c			0		# Matthew 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Learned men”<br><br>These were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	2	1	j9yn	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	General Information:	The phrase **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	2	1	kf5g	translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	of Herod	There was more than one man named **Herod**. This refers to **Herod** the Great. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	2	1	p6gc	translate-unknown	μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	learned men from the east	See the note on these men in the Chapter Introduction. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	2	2	w3nc	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	2	2	zj7c	figs-explicit	αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	his star	They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the **star**, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	2	2	v248		προσκυνῆσαι	1	to worship	This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
MAT	2	3	qu3d	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	2	3	b0gt	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	2	3	mc1r	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	2	4	ne4v	figs-quotations	ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται	1	General Information:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	2	5	w68n	figs-ellipsis	ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	In Bethlehem of Judea	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	2	5	z2i4	figs-activepassive	οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	thus it has been written through the prophet	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	2	5	o460	writing-quotations	οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1		In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	2	6	kmw7	figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	you, Bethlehem	Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah, for from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT	2	6	c2cl	figs-litotes	οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα	1	are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah	If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning of **are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah** positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MAT	2	6	rihn	figs-metonymy	ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος	1		When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruling one**, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	2	6	tg5d	figs-metaphor	ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	who will shepherd my people Israel	Micah speaks of this ruler as one **who will shepherd my people Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	2	8	jtw7	figs-infostructure	καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ	1	might worship him	Herod first says **having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.** and then he **sent them to Bethlehem** but Matthew reversed the order of these phrases. If it would be more natural in your language, you could restore the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, ‘After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
MAT	2	11	q8vp	figs-explicit	πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ	1		In their culture, **having fallen down, they worshiped him** was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	2	11	r452	figs-metonymy	τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν	1	their treasures	Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	2	11	kidl	figs-explicit	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα	1		In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	2	13	v88f	figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι	1	until I tell you	If it would be helpful in your language, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	2	15	ft3a	writing-pronouns	ἦν ἐκεῖ	1	he was	It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	2	15	we5w	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	2	15	s792	writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1		See how you translated **saying** in [1:23](../01/23.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	2	16	g513	figs-activepassive	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	he had been mocked by the learned men	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	2	16	d8d5	figs-explicit	ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας	1	having sent forth, he killed all the male children	Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	2	17	l8g5	figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	Then was fulfilled	See how your translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	2	18	k91t	figs-activepassive	φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη	1	A voice was heard	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	2	18	x062	figs-doublet	κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very strong. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	2	18	zm17	figs-metonymy	Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	Rachel weeping for her children	**Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	2	18	rgg1	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	not willing to be comforted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	2	18	p9ri	figs-euphemism	ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	because they are no more	Here, **they are no more** is a polite way of saying they are dead. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	2	20	hz2m	figs-euphemism	οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	those who seek the life of the child	Here, **seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	2	22	h4cq	translate-names	Ἀρχέλαος	1	Archelaus	The word **Archelaus** is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	2	23	dx5i	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	what had been spoken through the prophets	See how you translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	3	intro	a6h3			0		# Matthew 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### John the Baptist<br><br>In this chapter, John the Baptist appears, preaching in the wilderness. He is portrayed by Matthew as resembling the Prophet Elijah in the way that he dresses and by what he eats. We know from other Gospels that John is Jesus’ cousin. John the Baptist comes before Jesus to make people ready for his coming.<br><br>### “Kingdom of heaven”<br><br>“The kingdom of Heaven” is synonymous with “kingdom of God” from the other three Gospels. It is a major concept in the Gospel of Matthew and is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of people becoming the people over whom God rules. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating this idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)<br><br>### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”<br><br>Fruit is a common metaphor for doing good things that God desires you to do. That idea is similar to what we observe in nature, that if a fruit plant is healthy, it will bear a lot of good fruit, but if a fruit plant is unhealthy, it will bear bad fruit or no fruit.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Matthew uses metonymy frequently in this chapter to express groups of people or things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language to express these figures of speech.
MAT	3	1	xp3z	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	3	1	ifa0	writing-participants	Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς	1		This introduces **John** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptist” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT	3	2	hvx8	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is near	The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. Here, **heavens** refers to the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	3	3	fl4v	figs-activepassive	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one about whom Isaiah spoke when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	3	3	yhe7	figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord … make his paths straight	Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Matthew quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	3	3	hxb6	writing-quotations	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The voice of one calling out in the wilderness	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone is heard crying out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	3	3	s62r	figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος	1		Here, a voice refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	3	3	n7lh	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1		**Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean almost the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	3	3	j99i	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MAT	3	4	j647	writing-background	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον	1	Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	3	4	su9d	figs-idiom	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου	1	had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist	The phrase **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	3	4	wo34	translate-unknown	καμήλου	1		If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, humped animal used for riding and carrying burdens in hot, dry areas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	3	4	xgxk	translate-unknown	ἀκρίδες	1		If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	3	5	j8ke	figs-metonymy	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around	The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region around the Jordan** are metonyms for the people from those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	3	5	zys1	figs-hyperbole	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος	1	Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around	The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	3	6	v5xn	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	being baptized by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receiving baptism by John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	3	7	fjl3	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You offspring of vipers, who	Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	3	7	c4cl	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	who warned you to flee from the coming wrath?	John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	3	7	h7ac	figs-personification	φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	to flee from the coming wrath	The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	3	8	s8ac	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance	The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	3	9	anyf	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1		They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	3	9	s4og	figs-metaphor	πατέρα	1		Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	3	9	k843	figs-hyperbole	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones	John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	3	9	eedc	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	3	10	d4j5	figs-activepassive	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire.	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	3	10	a8m8	figs-metaphor	πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1		The phrase **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	3	11	c1xf	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι	1	is mightier than I	Here, **to carry sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	3	11	gtm7	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	3	12	gcq8	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	3	12	sq4p	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	3	12	b5m4	translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	winnowing fork	A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	3	12	r2ua	translate-unknown	τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	his threshing floor	The **threshing floor** was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the valuable grain from the useless husks. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his place where he separated the grain from the chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	3	12	av8l	figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak, describing how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, placing a period after “floor” and deleting the word “and.”. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	3	13	vl93	writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	3	13	zbj9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	3	14	cl7t	figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me?	John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	3	15	h6ca	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	for us	Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT	3	15	wdcu	figs-idiom	πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην	1		The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	3	16	inf6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς	1	But having been baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	3	16	jh1v	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	the heavens were opened to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	coming down like a dove	The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
MAT	3	17	m2wk	figs-personification	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	a voice from the heavens saying	Matthew speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
MAT	3	17	myz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	4	intro	hgw2			0		# Matthew 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The Devil<br><br>The devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God’s people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>
MAT	4	1	k51m	writing-newevent	τότε	1	General Information:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	4	1	aq3s	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	Jesus was led up by the Spirit	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	1	wy4b	figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	to be tempted by the devil	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	2	cft7	translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	40 days and 40 nights	This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT	4	2	cuu1	figs-merism	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1		Matthew uses **40 days and 40 nights** to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stopping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT	4	3	oyws	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1		The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	4	3	c1ac	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	4	4	fd67	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	4	sph9	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, an Old Testament book written by Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	4	4	i33v		οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone”
MAT	4	4	d010	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	4	4	xbai	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	4	4	jl6f	figs-metaphor	παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	but by every word that comes through the mouth of God	The metaphor **coming from the mouth of God** refers to everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth from which words would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	4	6	x2vg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	4	6	dnrp	figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1		When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means that Jesus should throw himself from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	4	6	x6zc	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	6	fa8l	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down	Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	4	6	f1mm	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε	1	They will lift you up	This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to **throw himself down**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	4	7	fn07	figs-activepassive	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	Again it is written	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	7	c7t5	figs-genericnoun	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις	1	You will not test	Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	4	8	d12q	figs-explicit	καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν	1	Again, the devil	Here, **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	4	9	al72	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω	1	All these things I will give you	Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	4	9	eas8	translate-symaction	ἐὰν πεσὼν	1	having fallen down	This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	4	10	k49q	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	10	rig8	figs-genericnoun	προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις	1	You will worship … you will serve	Here, **You** refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall worship … each person shall serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	4	12	v7p4	writing-background	δὲ	1	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	4	12	d1vi	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	John had been arrested	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	13	hpm4	figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali	The words **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier, before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	4	14	tj7c	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	what was spoken	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	15	egx6	figs-synecdoche	γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali … Galilee of the Gentiles!	Jesus refers to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	4	15	se2r		ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1		The phrase **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.
MAT	4	16	fsl6	figs-explicit	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ	1		Here, **the people** being referred to are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	4	16	h2xr	figs-metaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα…ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς	1	The people who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light	Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	4	16	j6gz	figs-metaphor	ὁ καθήμενος…τοῖς καθημένοις	1		Here, **sitting** is a metaphor for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “who are living … to those living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	4	16	nn1r	figs-parallelism	τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	to those who are sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen	The latter part of the sentence, **and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen**, has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the two parts of the verse into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	4	17	dku3	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens has come near	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	4	18	yrx7	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	General Information:	This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	4	18	yfh5	figs-explicit	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	casting a net into the sea	They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	4	18	yyiy	translate-unknown	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον	1		Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	4	18	qmzo	grammar-connect-time-background	ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1		Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “They were doing this because they earned their living by catching fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT	4	19	y3zg	figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come after me	**Come after me** is an idiom meaning to follow the speaker and be their student. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	4	19	n9h3	figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you fishers of men	**I will make you fishers of men** means Jesus will cause Simon and Andrew to teach people God’s true message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	4	21	utn4	figs-idiom	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	he called them	Here, **he called them** is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	4	23	jt3m	figs-metonymy	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	preaching the gospel of the kingdom	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	4	23	nr8m	figs-merism	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness	The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of illness which someone might have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT	4	23	ljkd	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1		Here, **every** here is an exaggeration, and it does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	4	24	i296	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους	1	being possessed by demons	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	4	24	hwa0	figs-personification	ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν	1		News itself can not **go out**, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	4	24	unqn	figs-hyperbole	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς	1		Here, **all the ones having sickness** is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	4	24	p3nf	translate-unknown	σεληνιαζομένους	1	the epileptic	This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	4	24	qk4c	translate-unknown	καὶ παραλυτικούς	1	and the paralytic	A person who is a **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	4	25	i9m7	translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	the Decapolis	This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	5	intro	awz8			0		# Matthew 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.<br><br>Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “His disciples”<br><br>It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected 12 of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples” or “the Twelve.” They would later become known as the apostles.<br><br>### Generic Noun Phrases<br><br>In this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])<br><br>### The Law<br><br>Many times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say.” Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### You singular and you plural<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT	5	1	c5rq	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	5	2	q9mm	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	having opened his mouth	Here, **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	5	3	jhdg	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1		The phrase **Blessed {are}** indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	5	3	o3y4	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοὶ	1		Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	5	3	od1c	figs-genericnoun	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1		Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “the people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	5	3	j7ct	figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	the poor in spirit	The phrase **poor in spirit** refers to someone who is in need of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	5	3	wpi6	figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	4	u8s3	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1		See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	5	4	pgy8	figs-genericnoun	οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	those who mourn	See how you translated this type of phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	5	4	lie5	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	they will be comforted	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	5	mvb1	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πραεῖς	1	the meek	Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	5	6	bi1j	figs-metaphor	οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	those who hunger and thirst for righteousness	The phrase **hungering and thirsting for righteousness** describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desires a person can have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	6	hlq2	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	they will be filled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	8	s9gd	figs-idiom	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	the pure in heart	Here, **pure in heart** is an idiom for a person’s good intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	5	8	cr20	figs-genericnoun	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	5	8	t6ni	figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	they will see God	Here, **they will see God** means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	5	9	tv19	figs-activepassive	ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	for they will be called sons of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	10	bqu7	figs-activepassive	οἱ δεδιωγμένοι	1	those who have been persecuted	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	10	f3li	figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	theirs is the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	11	t5kb	figs-you	μακάριοί ἐστε…ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν	1	Blessed are you	The word **you**, here and in the remainder of the chapter unless otherwise noted, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	5	11	eez3	figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	When Jesus says **because of me**, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	12	ssk9	figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	Rejoice and be very glad	Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	5	12	bpwb	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Here, **in the heavens** means with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	13	i3zp	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται	1	You are the salt of the earth	This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	13	yoif	figs-rquestion	ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what might it be made salty again?	Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	5	13	e7cz	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	except to be thrown out to be trampled by men	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	13	ojrg	grammar-connect-exceptions	εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω	1		Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt that lost its taste is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt is only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT	5	14	wgh5	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	You are the light of the world	Just like a **light** shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that, with his message, his disciples will shine in **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	14	bn28	figs-explicit	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	A city being set on a hill is not able to be hidden	When it is dark at night, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, if the view of the city is not blocked by anything, being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	14	ny4h	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	A city being set on top of a hill is not able to be hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is set on a hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	15	s5sb	figs-genericnoun	οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον	1	Neither do they light a lamp	See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	5	15	c8el	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	put it under a basket	What follows the words **but rather** is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should set it on a high place to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	5	16	qhp8	figs-metaphor	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Let your light shine before men	**Let your light shine before men** means the disciples of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	16	iiu8	translate-kinship	τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your Father who is in the heavens	God is referred to as our **Father**. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	5	16	ouqi	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	17	gg3k	figs-metonymy	τοὺς προφήτας	1	the prophets	This refers to what **the prophets** wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	17	re9h	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	5	17	jirt	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	5	18	cv3m	figs-hyperbole	ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	until the heaven and the earth may pass away	The phrase **until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law** exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	5	18	ylz6	figs-explicit	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα	1	one jot or one tittle	The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	19	uxz2	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων…ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν.	1	whoever may break	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments … God would call him the least important in his kingdom. If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	5	19	hxl1	figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ	1		See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks … If anyone does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	5	19	dv5c	figs-activepassive	διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται	1	may teach men to do so will be called	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	19	bg2v	figs-metonymy	τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	least in the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	20	l3lv	figs-doublenegatives	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	that unless your righteousness may abound … you may certainly not enter	If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this double negative in positive form. Alternate translation: “that only if your righteousness abounds … will you enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	5	20	zqr6	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1		Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “if your righteousness does not become much greater than that … you will never become a part of God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	5	21	t6k5	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	it was said to the ancients	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God spoke to your ancestors long ago, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	21	mij2	figs-explicit	ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	Whoever may kill will be held for the judgment	Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	22	d5nl	translate-kinship	τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	with his brother	Here, **his brother** refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	5	22	w721	translate-transliterate	ῥακά	1	Fool … You fool	This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MAT	5	22	i9r5	figs-ellipsis	ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ	2		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And whoever might say to his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	5	23	chv4	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον	1	at the altar	It is implied that this is God’s **altar** at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	24	z9m5	figs-activepassive	πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	first, be reconciled with your brother	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	24	q08w	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1		The word **then** indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	5	25	x4ta	figs-you	ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	Be in agreement with your accuser quickly while you are with him on the way, lest your accuser may hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer, and you will be thrown into prison	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	5	25	sr9d	translate-unknown	τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	with your accuser	An **accuser** is a person who blames someone else for doing something wrong. He may take the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the one who accuses you of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	5	25	x1tk	figs-idiom	σε παραδῷ…τῷ κριτῇ	1	may hand you over to the judge	Here, **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “gives control of you to the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	5	25	lr2n	figs-explicit	ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1		Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	25	nev9	figs-idiom	μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ	1		Here, **hand you over** means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	5	25	pq6d	figs-ellipsis	ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	the judge to the officer	Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	5	25	gcm5	translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	to the officer	Here, **the officer** is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to one who carries out the judge’s orders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	5	25	pzh4	figs-activepassive	εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	you will be thrown into prison	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	27	jxg5	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	28	glg9	figs-metonymy	αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart	Here, **heart** Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	29	et3n	figs-you	εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	But if your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members should perish, and your whole body should not be thrown into hell	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	5	29	ikp5	figs-synecdoche	εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right eye causes you to stumble	Here, **right eye** refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	5	29	y0f2	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right eye causes you to stumble	Here, **to stumble** is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what your eye sees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	29	v6jr	figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν	1	pluck it out	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	5	29	v1cn	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	and your whole body should not be thrown into hell	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	29	v687	figs-metaphor	ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1		Here, **one of your members** is referring to an individual part of the body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	30	wtyk	figs-parallelism	καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ	1		This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	5	30	zx8x	figs-metonymy	εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right hand causes you to stumble	Here, the **hand** stands for the actions of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “if you do something that causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	30	qs74	figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	cut it off	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	5	30	pdkq	figs-metaphor	ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1		See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	31	dh23	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	it has been said	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	32	j2aq	grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	makes her to commit adultery	If it would appear in your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “a man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT	5	32	zai7	figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	she who has been divorced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	33	fk86	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	it was said to the ancients	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	33	tk9y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord.	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	5	34	u7su	figs-metaphor	μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	it is the throne of God	Here, **heaven** is spoken of as **the throne of God** in a figurative way. Heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “not by heaven, which is his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	35	e7z8	translate-unknown	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	it is the footstool for his feet	Here, **footstool** is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “it is something on which God can rest his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	5	35	mvcd	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1		God does not need **a footstool for his feet**, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	36	l9c8	figs-you	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν	1	Neither may you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	5	36	z5vu	figs-metaphor	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς	1	may you swear	To **swear by your head** means to swear by your own authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	5	38	zar1	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	38	w53l	figs-explicit	ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth	This passage is speaking of the punishment for injuring someone’s **eye** or **tooth**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	39	qrx1	figs-nominaladj	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	the evil person	Jesus is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	5	40	gr2x	figs-you	σοι…σου…τὸ ἱμάτιον	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	5	40	t9f4	translate-unknown	τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον	1	coat … cloak	The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can explicitly state what these things are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	5	41	i867	figs-explicit	ὅστις	1	whoever	The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if a soldier of the Roman army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	41	i86s	figs-explicit	μίλιον ἕν	1	one mile	Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	5	41	zv6i	figs-ellipsis	ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	go with him two	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	5	43	cyz3	figs-you	ἠκούσατε…σου…σου	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The **You** is plural in **You have heard**. The verb **Love** and both instances of **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	5	43	fp6x	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	See how you translated this in [5:27](../05/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	5	43	tqj3	figs-genericnoun	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	Here the word **neighbor** does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	5	45	my3d	translate-kinship	γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	you may be sons of your Father	We are not God’s physical children but his spiritual children. It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	5	45	jzu9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	5	45	syjz	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	45	qj7n	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους	1		Here, **he makes his sun to rise** and **he sends rain on** are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	5	46	se4k	figs-rquestion	τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?	1	what reward do you have?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special for which God will reward them. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	5	46	cb77	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing?	Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	5	47	ba6e	figs-rquestion	τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν	1	what do you do more?	Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	5	48	l6pa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	6	intro	jrj2			0		# Matthew 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”<br><br>You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### You singular and you plural<br><br>In this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT	6	1	zvn1	figs-you	ὑμῶν…μὴ ποιεῖν…οὐκ ἔχετε…ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	6	1	bgc7	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before men to be seen by them	It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	6	1	vvm4	figs-activepassive	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before men to be seen by them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	1	p335	figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “before people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	6	1	juj5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	6	1	x9wq	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	6	2	d8kw	figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	do not sound a trumpet before yourself	Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not sound your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain way. Alternate translation: “do not bring attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	2	bc9b	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταὶ	1		The word **hypocrites** is not referring to a specific person, but to people who put on a false appearance of righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	6	2	dk6u	figs-activepassive	ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Truly I say to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	2	q6dq	figs-irony	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1		Often times, to **have** a **reward** is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way, saying that their reward is not with God. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	6	3	z4c1	figs-yousingular	σοῦ…σου…σου	1		All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT	6	3	vca2	figs-metaphor	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου	1	do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing	This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to **know** what the other is **doing** at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	5	m54u	figs-you	προσεύχῃ…ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of **you** is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	6	5	d6t7	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταί	1		See the note in [5:2](../05/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	6	5	rzpj	figs-activepassive	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	5	ub7u	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	6	6	dqv4	translate-unknown	εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου	1	enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door	The **inner chamber** was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	6	6	kkn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	6	7	z0v4	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ἐθνικοί	1		Jesus is speaking of **Gentiles** in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	6	7	a8ai	figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	they will be heard	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	8	wdj6	figs-explicit	μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς	1		When Jesus says to **not be like them**, he means in the way they pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you should not pray like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	6	8	nv9i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	6	9	mq4x	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be sanctified	Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	6	9	sxsy	figs-explicit	οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς	1		Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray in a way similar to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	6	9	sc3d	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated **who is in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	6	9	knx7	figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glorify your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	9	tqm4	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1		Here, **your name** refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with the person or being to whom it belongs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may people honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	6	10	n67c	figs-metonymy	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	Let your kingdom come	See how your translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	6	10	pdc5	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	Let your will also be done on earth as it is in heaven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will, just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	11	dft8	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	daily bread	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	6	12	yi9s	figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα…τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	debts	A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	13	l8u6	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	do not bring us into temptation	If it would be helpful in your language, you can express **temptation** as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	6	13	r6v6	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1		Here, **evil one** could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	6	13	zfsy	translate-textvariants		0		Most important manuscripts do not include “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MAT	6	14	xvfv	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	6	14	z79a	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	their trespasses	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **trespasses**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	6	14	v7ne	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	6	15	pi3z	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	those of men … your trespasses	See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	6	15	lk8a	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	6	16	xv6b	figs-explicit	ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	they disfigure their faces	The hypocrites would not wash **their faces**. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	6	16	ix6h	figs-irony	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated **they have their reward in full** in [6:2](../06/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	6	17	c20j	figs-yousingular	σὺ…σου…σου	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT	6	17	k283	figs-explicit	ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι	1	anoint your head	Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “make yourself appear as though you were not fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	6	18	m56a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	6	18	tby8		ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	who sees in secret	See how you translated this in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private”
MAT	6	19	tqc9	translate-unknown	σὴς	1	moth	A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If it would not be known in your language, you can use a general term for moth. Alternate translation: “flying insects that eat your belongings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	6	19	z9wd	translate-unknown	βρῶσις	1	where moth and rust destroy	Here, **rust** could also be referring to a bug which eats away at things like food. It is not clear in the original language. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bugs which eat away at food” or “things which eat away at your belongings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	6	19	enl6	translate-unknown	βρῶσις	1	rust	Here, **rust** is a term referring to something that deteriorates metal. If this would not be known in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something which destroys metal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	6	20	v5tn	figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	store up for yourselves treasures in heaven	This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation “do good things and obey God, so that he will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	21	y55l	figs-metaphor	ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου	1		Here, **treasure** is figurative for the things people value the most in life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “For with what you value most in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	21	b74q	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	there will your heart be also	Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there your desires will also be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	22	g215	figs-yousingular	σου…σου	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of **your** are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT	6	22	sbl1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	The eye is the lamp of the body … is full of light	The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. The eye not a source of light, but a channel for light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	22	hvrq	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται	1		Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
MAT	6	23	dl86	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	But if your eye … how great is that darkness	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
MAT	6	24	z5ol	figs-genericnoun	οὐδεὶς	1		Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	6	24	ijn3	figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “for he will obey one of them and disobey the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	6	24	zt2u	figs-personification	οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	You are not able to serve God and wealth	Here, **money** is spoken of as though it were a person who someone could serve. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	6	25	s5uy	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…φάγητε…πίητε…ὑμῶν…ἐνδύσησθε	1		Here the instances of **you** and **your** are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	6	25	nt96	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	Is not life more than food, and the body more than clothing?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	6	26	a9w6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	6	26	nbm5	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?	1	Are you not more valuable than them?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	6	27	cm6a	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, **you**is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	6	27	fr8g	figs-metaphor	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	But which one from you, being anxious, are able to add one cubit to his lifespan?	Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	27	ivmg	figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	But which one from you, being anxious, are able to add one cubit to his lifespan?	Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	6	27	kub4	translate-bdistance	πῆχυν ἕνα	1	one cubit	A **cubit** is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
MAT	6	28	erj8	figs-rquestion	περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?	1	why are you anxious about clothing?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	6	28	him2	figs-personification	οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	the lilies of the field, how they grow. They do not toil, nor do they spin cloth	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who were able to **toil** and **spin cloth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They do not work and spin cloth like people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	6	28	t16l	translate-unknown	κρίνα	1	lilies	A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	6	29	u7fd	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these	The lilies being **clothed** is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “not even Solomon with all of his riches looked as majestic as a lily of the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	29	sqg8	figs-activepassive	περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	was clothed like one of these	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wore clothes that were as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	30	xykl	figs-metaphor	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	thus clothes the grass of the field	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	6	30	uf36		χόρτον	1	grass	If your language has a word that includes **grass** and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
MAT	6	30	m23l	figs-activepassive	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	is thrown into the oven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	30	ym2c	figs-ellipsis	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1	will he not much more	The verb “clothe” is implied from the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	6	30	cd8w	figs-rquestion	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?	1	will he not much more, you of little faith?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	6	32	unz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	6	33	ep2c	figs-metonymy	ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	seek first his kingdom and his righteousness	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God’s people, and do what he desires of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	6	33	ak39	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	all these things will be added to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	6	34	xdg7	figs-personification	ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς	1	tomorrow will be anxious for itself	Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	7	intro	bz7e			0		# Matthew 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Matthew 5-7<br><br>Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.<br><br>### “By their fruits you will know them”<br><br>Fruit is a common image in the Scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### You singular and you plural<br><br>In this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT	7	1	xk6w	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	Do not judge	It is implied here that the word **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	7	1	bk8y	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may not be judged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	7	2	kj24	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	with the judgment you judge, you will be judged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will judge you with the judgment with which you judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	7	2	ifm3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	7	2	tbi8	figs-explicit	κρίνετε…μετρεῖτε	1		Here, Jesus leaves out that **you judge** and **you measure** is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by which you judge other people … by which you measure other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	7	2	wmxo	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1		To **measure** someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “and with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	2	c006	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	7	2	wgh2	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured out to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	7	3	em5r	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Why do you look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for concerning themselves about other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck in your brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	7	3	hzb4	figs-yousingular	βλέπεις…σου…τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ…οὐ κατανοεῖς	1		Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** are all singular. See the note in the introduction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT	7	3	ctb3	figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	the speck that is in the eye of your brother	A **speck of wood** is a tiny piece of wood that might get into someone’s eye. This is a metaphor that refers to the less offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the lesser sin that is in your fellow believer’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	3	d2qc	translate-kinship	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	of your brother	Here and in the next two verses, **brother** refers to other people who were also followers of Jesus. These people are not their biological siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “your fellow follower of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	7	3	q1z4	figs-metaphor	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	the log that is in your own eye	A **log** is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the trunk or branch of a tree. Here, **log** is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	3	xdcg	figs-hyperbole	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	the log that is in your own eye	A **log** cannot fit into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	7	4	k58h	figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	Or how will you say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye?	Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	7	6	wohg	figs-metaphor	μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων	1		Here, to **give the holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	6	xy2e	translate-unknown	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	pearls	Real **pearls** are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small shellfish that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	7	7	ut6i	figs-parallelism	αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	Ask … Seek … Knock	Here, **Ask**, **Seek**, and **Knock** all have a similar meaning: praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will provide it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	7	7	tv49	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	7	7	rt8g	figs-explicit	κρούετε	1	Knock	To **Knock** on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Knock on the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	7	9	mq14	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	7	9	n5s1	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	for bread	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	7	10	y9q5	figs-ellipsis	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he?	It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Or will a man’s son ask for a fish, and the man will give him a snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	7	10	t19o	figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he?	Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	7	11	pk31	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	how much more will your Father who is in the heavens give good things to those who ask him?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	7	11	z8zr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	7	11	t3p4	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	7	12	b1x2	figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	for this is the law and the prophets	Here, **the Law and the Prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	7	12	y4f6	figs-explicit	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1		Here, **for this is the Law and the Prophets** means that the Law and the Prophets teach this same message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Law and Prophets teach this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	7	13	dgr2	figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it	In this verse, **road** is figurative for the span of a person’s life. The word **gate** is figurative for the time when a person dies and enters into eternity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as in the in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	13	zv24	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	to destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to God’s judgement” or “to God destroying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	7	14	wlr9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	to life	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the place where people live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	7	14	gdji	figs-metaphor	ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν	1		Here, to **find it** means to enter into eternal life with God and not be destroyed by him. In the same way that you might find a hidden path, so Jesus is saying that eternal life can be found. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there are few whom God brings into eternal life with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	15	lj5v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves	Here, a **sheep** means someone who is a part of the people of God. Just as in real life, predators try to attack sheep, so people who try to hurt God’s people are called **wolves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “who come to God’s people to harm them, as a wolf comes to harm sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	16	pul5	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	By their fruits you will know them	Here, **their fruits** is referring to a person’s actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	16	nve4	figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	they do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	7	17	f5l3	figs-metaphor	οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	the rotten tree produces bad fruit	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of **fruit** to refer to false prophets who produce evil works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God’s words do good and speak falsely about God’s words do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	19	xwrm	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire	Here, Jesus continues talking about **trees**. He is saying that those who do not preach God’s words will be judged by him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	19	g7fs	figs-activepassive	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	is cut down and thrown into the fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw into a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	7	20	x87m	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	you will recognize them from their fruits	See how you translated this in [7:16](../07/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	7	21	dkh7	figs-exclamations	Κύριε, Κύριε	1		Here, **Lord, Lord** is an exclamation that shows that these people claim that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MAT	7	21	c6yz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	7	21	l1te	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	7	22	mp6e	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in that day	Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	7	22	m9py	figs-rquestion	οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds?	The people use a question to emphasize that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	7	22	hg17	figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι…τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι…τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	in your name	Here, to do something **in your name** means to do it by his power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … in your authority … in your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	7	23	d4y5	figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	I never knew you	**I never knew you** means that the person was never one of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You have never been my follower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	7	24	qjh9	figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	will be compared to a wise man who built his house upon the rock	Jesus compares those who obey what he says to a person who builds his **house** on a rock, where nothing can harm it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a wise man who built his house on a firm foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	7	24	qw6l	figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a wise man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	7	24	dy1f	figs-explicit	πέτραν	1	rock	Here, **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “solid ground” or “sturdy ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	7	25	bv81	figs-activepassive	τεθεμελίωτο	1	it had been founded	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	7	26	nw97	figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	will be compared to a foolish man who built his house upon the sand	Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with **foolish** house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	7	26	o85y	figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will compare him to a foolish man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	7	27	k4hi	figs-abstractnouns	ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	its destruction was great	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	7	28	jrh7	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	This verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MAT	7	28	fo8g	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	8	intro	f33a			0		# Matthew 8 General Notes<br><br>## Figures of Speech<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make them think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Idioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	8	1	qb1d	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	General Information:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	8	2	vas8	writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν	1	behold	This introduces the **leper** as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a serious, contagious skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT	8	2	yc3f	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	if you would be willing	The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	8	2	yjn2	figs-explicit	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	you are able to make me clean	Here, to be **clean** means to be healed from the skin disease, which did not allow them to be in the community with the rest of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are able to heal me and allow me to be a part of the community again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	8	3	lj1x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα	1	he was cleansed of his leprosy	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	4	zi3a	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “show the priest that you are healed from the disease, so that you can rejoin your community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	8	4	tq9l	figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them	The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. So that no one else would become infected, lepers were not allowed to come into contact with healthy people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded in the Law, for a testimony to the priest that you are healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	8	4	rj8u	figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Here, **to them** either refers to (1) the priests, or (2) the community in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
MAT	8	6	cr8h	translate-unknown	παραλυτικός	1	paralyzed	Someone who is **paralyzed** is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. “not able to use his arms and legs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	8	8	p7p4	figs-idiom	μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην	1	under my roof	Here, **under my roof** is figurative for being in a person’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	8	8	hig7	figs-imperative	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	speak a word	Here, **speak** is a polite way of saying that all Jesus has to do is speak a word, and he will heal the servant. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “say a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT	8	8	rk1z	figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου	1	will be healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	9	ds2m	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I … am a man under authority, having soldiers placed under me	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	9	da25	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	under authority … under me	To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people’s commands … who obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	8	9	qz61	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἄλλῳ…καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου	1		The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	8	10	c7y6	figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	I have found such great faith from no one in Israel	Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, among people who should have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	8	10	fjgc	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, the name **Israel** is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	8	11	xee4	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	8	11	mt2i	figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν	1	from east and west	Using the opposites **east** and **west** is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from many faraway places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT	8	11	u4sj	figs-metaphor	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	they will recline at table	Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all enjoying a feast together. Use a term in your language that refers to a celebratory meal. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	8	11	qmc7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	8	12	ks3b	figs-activepassive	οἱ…υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	12	aug7	figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	But the sons of the kingdom	The phrase **sons of** is figurative, referring to the Jews of the kingdom of Judea. This is saying that they are of Jewish descent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “But those who do not believe in me from the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	8	12	pf26	figs-irony	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	But the sons of the kingdom	In their culture, **the sons of the kingdom** would usually inherit the kingdom and not be thrown out. Jesus is speaking in this way to show how disobedient the Jewish people were being. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	8	12	liu4	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place where God punishes people forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	8	12	gww4	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	8	13	ki92	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω σοι	1	let it be done for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	13	sdn6	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ὁ παῖς	1	the servant was healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	14	ynh8	translate-unknown	πυρέσσουσαν	1	his mother-in-law	A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	8	15	w7nh	figs-personification	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	The **fever** is spoken of as if it, like a person, **left**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	8	16	pwr4	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς	1	many being possessed by demons	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many of those who demons have possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	16	f1cv	figs-metonymy	ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ	1	he cast out the spirits with a word	Here, **word** means a command that Jesus gave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	8	17	r3dc	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	might be fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	17	x9vs	writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	8	17	eyu9	figs-parallelism	αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	He himself took our weaknesses and bore our diseases	Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. **He himself took our weaknesses** and **bore {our} diseases** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. If it would be clearer for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He took away our sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	8	18	a2pn	figs-ellipsis	ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	commanded	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Jesus told his disciples to sail to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	8	20	pqp6	writing-proverbs	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Even animals have a place to sleep, but the Son of Man does not have a place to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	8	20	ub5o	figs-explicit	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus assumes that his hearers know what **foxes** are and what they use the **holes** for. **Foxes** are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	8	20	qqvq	figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “birds who fly in the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	8	20	qvm5	figs-123person	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	8	20	yl4s	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have where he might lay his head	Here, **lay his head** refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	8	22	h7fb	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	allow the dead to bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that **dead** people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** is referring to those who are spiritually **dead**, meaning they do not love God, and are not following Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	8	24	m6w8	figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	so that the boat was covered by the waves	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the waves were filling the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	25	b2wh	figs-exclusive	Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	Save us, Lord; we are perishing!	Here, **we** is referring to both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT	8	26	g8p7	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Why are you cowardly, you of little faith?	Jesus asks this question in order to teach the disciples why they should not be afraid. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	8	26	r5ve		ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	you of little faith	Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
MAT	8	27	u2qh	figs-rquestion	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν?	1	What sort of is he, that even the winds and the sea obey him?	This question shows that the disciples were surprised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	8	27	k5mk	figs-personification	καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	even the winds and the sea obey him	Here, **wind** and **waves** are described as if they are able to **obey** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “he even controls the wind and the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	8	28	yzi6	translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	the country of the Gadarenes	The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	8	28	hz5n	figs-activepassive	δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι	1	two men … being possessed by demons	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	29	gr2p	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	What to us and to you, Son of God?	The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	8	29	jcq6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	8	29	u4jr	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come here to torment us before the set time?	Again, the demons pose a question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have surely come here to punish us before the time when God will judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	8	29	uw6c	figs-explicit	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1		Here, **the set time** is referring to the time when God will judge all of the evil spirits and people. Matthew’s readers would have understood this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come here early, before the time when God is planning to judge us?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	8	30	v91c	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	8	31	tf32	figs-explicit	εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς	1	If you cast us out	It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to **cast** them **out**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	8	31	cgf7	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Here, **us** is exclusive, referring only to the demons. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT	8	33	ev2w	figs-activepassive	τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	the things concerning the men who were possessed by demons	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	8	34	j6sp	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole city	The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	8	34	xb5x	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole city	The word **whole** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	9	intro	tg41			0		# Matthew 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>## Formatting<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>## Figures of Speech<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>
MAT	9	1	lje9	figs-explicit	διεπέρασεν	1	into his own city	Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	9	2	szd4	translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν	1	they were bringing	See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	9	2	iys2	figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	4	u643	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	having known their thoughts	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	9	4	n4yl	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason do you think evil in your hearts?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	9	4	d499	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	9	5	j716	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you think that it is certainly easier to say ‘your sins are forgiven’ than to say ‘get up and walk’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	9	5	mk14	figs-quotations	τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?	The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “you think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	9	5	x05v	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins have been forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	6	n5sf	figs-you	εἰδῆτε…σου…σου	1	your mat … your house	Here, the **you** is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of **your** are singular and addressed to the paralytic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	9	6	td1z	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	go to your house	Here Jesus refers to himself as **the Son of Man** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	9	6	k6rw	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	9	8	x71s	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν	1	such authority	See how you translated this in [9:6](../09/06.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	9	10	f9lh	figs-metonymy	ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	sinners	Here, **sinners** refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who committed many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	9	11	z4h5	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners?	The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	9	12	m7fm	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας	1	But he, having heard this	Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the Pharisees ask this question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	9	12	tl42	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Those who are strong in body do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	9	12	uhc5	figs-irony	οἱ ἰσχύοντες	1	Those who are strong in body	Those who **have sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are spiritually sound, but rather, that they are needy. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	9	12	n33c	figs-ellipsis	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	those who have sickness	The phrase “need a physician” is understood from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	9	13	a886	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	the righteous	The words **I did not come to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	9	14	k8vc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	do not fast	The word **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	9	14	vhnd	writing-participants	οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, **John** is referring to John the Baptizer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that this is referring to John the Baptizer. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John the Baptizer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT	9	15	r8if	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	9	15	xnp8	writing-proverbs	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not **mourn** because he **is still** there **with them**. In this proverb, Jesus is the **bridegroom**, and his disciples are the **sons of the bridal chamber**. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, so my disciples are not able to fast while I am still with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	9	15	iz9s	figs-personification	ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν	1	But the days will come when	Here, **the day** is said to be **coming** like a person might come. This is figurative, meaning that the event will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “But it will happen that when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	9	15	p6hz	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom may be taken away from them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	16	j9fx	writing-proverbs	οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται	1		This verse is a proverb which has a similar meaning to the previous verse. Jesus is talking about how the disciples should not use old ways of worship when he is present with them. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Just as you shouldn’t use a new patch on an old piece of cloth, so you should not use old methods of worship like fasting when I am present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	9	16	yf98	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ	1	But no one puts a patch of new cloth on an old garment	When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, no one sews a new patch of cloth, one that has not yet shrunken from being washed, on an old garment that has shrunk already” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	9	17	s13y	writing-proverbs	οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins	This verse is a proverb with a message similar to that of the previous verse. Jesus is saying that just as someone would not put new wine, which will expand, in an old wine skin, which cannot expand, so the disciples should not fast while Jesus is with them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	9	17	plli	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὐδὲ	1		Here, **Neither** is a word which shows that the meaning of this verse is similar to the meaning of the previous verse. Use an word in your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, nor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MAT	9	17	pyk4	figs-genericnoun	οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν…βάλλουσιν	1		Jesus is speaking of people in general and not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People do not pour … people pour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	9	17	hv8f	figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται	1	the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which will spill out all the wine, and the wineskins are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	17	l68m	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to what comes before it, showing what people do and do not do with wine and wineskins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather than doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	9	17	i8v4	figs-activepassive	ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	both are preserved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	18	a7ax	writing-newevent	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **While he is saying these things to them** marks the introduction of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “It happened that as Jesus was speaking with the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	9	18	a4s2	writing-participants	ἄρχων εἷς	1		This introduces the **official** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a ruler in a nearby town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT	9	18	n1i6	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	This is a way someone would show respect to someone in higher authority. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	9	20	gv15	figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	suffering from a discharge of blood	The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	9	20	m9zq	figs-extrainfo	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	of his garment	Matthew does not explain why she **touched the edge of his garment**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MAT	9	21	eb6t	writing-background	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	for she was saying to herself, “If only I might touch his garments, I will be made well.”	This verse tells us why she touched Jesus’ garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	9	21	ukb8	figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	If only I might touch his garments	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	22	x398	translate-kinship	θύγατερ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	9	22	q6ca	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	Here, **faith** is spoken of as having **healed** a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	9	22	zv2n	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	the woman was healed from that very hour	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the woman at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	23	jae1	translate-symaction	ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	the flute players and the crowd being stirred up	There were **flute players** at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having seen the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	9	24	pc1m	figs-euphemism	οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	the girl has not died, but sleeps	Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who **sleeps**. But here the **girl** who **died** will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to death or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the girl is only temporarily dead, as if she were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	9	25	nqs6	figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	But when the crowd had been put outside	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	25	r7zs	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1		Here, **when** is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	9	25	mm3q	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον	1	was raised up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	26	rxs4	figs-personification	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	And this report went out into all that region	It is said that **this report went out** as a person might go out from a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “People reported to the whole region what Jesus had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	9	26	pfq3	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1		Jesus refers to the **region** to mean the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	9	27	d8bu	figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	Have mercy on us	Here, **Have mercy** means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	9	27	dh5d	translate-kinship	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	9	28	e81f	figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	Yes, Lord	The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	9	29	w92e	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν	1	Let it happen to you according to your faith	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will heal you, since you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	30	uk2a	figs-idiom	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	their eyes were opened	Here, **their eyes were opened** is an idiom that means they were able to see. Their eyes were already physically open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “their sight was restored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	9	30	qa39	figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	their eyes were opened	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	30	t6p8	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω	1	See that no one knows about this	Here, **See** is figurative, meaning to be sure to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	9	32	sh32	translate-unknown	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν	1	mute	A person who is **mute** is someone who is not able to speak. Use an expression from your language that describes someone who is unable to talk. Alternate translation: “a person who was unable to say anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	9	32	n6fs	figs-activepassive	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον	1	a mute, demon-possessed man	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a man who had a demon that controlled him and made him mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	33	y4l5	figs-activepassive	οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως	1	Such as this has never been seen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	9	34	z2r7	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	he casts out the demons	Here, **the ruler of the demons** would have been understood by Jesus’ audience as being Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “By Satan, who rules the demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	9	35	x9ck	figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	all the cities	The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how many **cities** Jesus went to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	9	35	uz5e	figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the gospel of the kingdom	Here the abstract noun **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	9	35	e7at	figs-hendiadys	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MAT	9	36	t47i	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	like sheep not having a shepherd	Jesus compares the people to sheep who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “acting as though they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	9	37	al89	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”
MAT	9	37	mur4	writing-proverbs	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only a few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	9	37	kxap	translate-unknown	ἐργάται	1		Here, **laborers** is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in the crop. Use a term in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	9	38	vz8y	figs-possession	δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	beg the Lord of the harvest	Here, **of** means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
MAT	9	38	s7ir		ἐργάτας	1		See how you translated **laborers** in the previous verse.
MAT	10	intro	m5iu			0		# Matthew 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The sending of the 12 disciples<br><br>Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the 12 disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The 12 disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the 12 disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT	10	1	nhp2	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Connecting Statement:	This verse begins the account of Jesus sending his disciples out to share his message with the people in the surrounding towns. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	10	1	x1er	figs-abstractnouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave them authority	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he authorized them to have power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	10	2	t59v	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** is used to add needed background information about the 12 apostles. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	10	2	sc7b	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	first	Here, **first** means first in order, not in rank. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a way in your language for marking the first thing in a list. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	10	4	n4st	translate-unknown	Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	The word **Zealot** refers to members of a group of people who were desiring to see the Jewish people freed from the rule of the Roman Empire. This likely means that **Simon** was a part of this group. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon, who was a part of the group called the Zealots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	10	4	kmp2	grammar-connect-time-background	ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	Matthew writes **having even betrayed him** to give some extra information to the readers about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “the one who led the people to Jesus to arrest and kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT	10	5	sn9v	figs-events	τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	General Information:	Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the Twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus sent the Twelve out, he instructed them, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MAT	10	5	c46d		τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	These Twelve Jesus sent out	See how you translated this in [10:2](../010/02.md)
MAT	10	5	yix4	figs-explicit	ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent out	Jesus **sent** them **out** to teach people his message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent out to teach people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	6	oxi3	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what came before it. Jesus prefers the disciples to go to the people of Israel instead of to the non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	10	6	q1pb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	the lost sheep of the house of Israel	This is a metaphor comparing the people of the nation of Israel who are not obeying God to **lost sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. If your readers would not understand what **sheep** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those of the people of Israel who have strayed from God like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	10	6	b6i2	figs-metonymy	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	of the house of Israel	The **house of Israel** refers to the people who came from the family line of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	7	w59i	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens has come near	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	8	bb4d	figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε	1	raise the dead	Here, **raise the dead** is an idiom meaning to bring people who are dead back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	10	8	ilj9	figs-explicit	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Freely you have received, freely give	Jesus did not state what the disciples had **received** or were to **give**. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. This is referring to the abilities which Jesus gave to the disciples in [4:2](../04/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have given these abilities to you without cost, so you should use them to help others without cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	9	b4m7	translate-unknown	μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν	1	purses	Their **belts** were a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. They were often wide enough that they could be folded and used to carry money. If your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever you use to carry money. Alternate translation: “Do not carry money with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	10	9	a4xx	figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν	1	gold, or silver, or copper	**gold**, **silver** and **copper** are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “valuable metals” or “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	10	kia9	translate-unknown	πήραν	1	a bag	A **bag** is a flexible container in which a person can carry their belongings. If your language does not have a word for this, you can use something in your culture that you put things in to carry them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	10	10	i2ex	translate-unknown	δύο χιτῶνας	1	two tunics	Use the plural of the word you used for **tunic** in [5:40](../05/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	10	10	m97h	writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	of his food	The proverb **for the laborer {is} worthy of his food** is giving the reason why Jesus’ disciples should not bring anything with them. Jesus is saying that God will provide each disciple, the **laborer**, with what he needs. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “for God will provide the laborer with what he needs to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	10	11	a41d	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε	1	and stay there until you might leave	In this sentence, **there** means the **worthy** person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and stay at that person’s house until you leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	12	n6cm	figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν	1	But entering into the house, greet it	The word **it** refers to the **house**. Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. So Matthew is saying to greet the people in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	13	kc9m	figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy	Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples into their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well … the people who live in that house do not receive you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	14	wpjk	translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1		The phrase **shake off the dust from your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar expression or gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	10	15	sg3c	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah	Here, **the land of Sodom and Gomorrah** refers to the people who lived in **Sodom and Gomorrah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	15	p8t4	figs-explicit	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1		Jesus would have expected his hearers to know that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities filled with many wicked people and that God would judge these people harshly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	15	zmm2	figs-explicit	τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	for that city	Here, **that city** is referring to the city which does not accept Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the city that does not receive you and listen to your words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	16	b262	figs-simile	ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	as sheep in the midst of wolves	Sheep are defenseless animals that **wolves** often attack. Jesus is stating that people who are as dangerous as **wolves** may harm the disciples, who are defenseless like **sheep**. Jesus is not using the same sheep metaphor as he used in [10:6](../10/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “as defenseless as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “to dangerous places where people might attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	10	16	s21a	figs-simile	γίνεσθε…φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί	1	be wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves	Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious like **serpents** and **harmless** like **doves** around the dangerous the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “act with wisdom and caution as well as with innocence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	10	17	fct4	translate-unknown	συνέδρια	1	councils	The **councils** were groups of leaders who helped solve issues among people in their community. They acted like a court. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use a term in your language for something like this, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “members of their community who are in authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	10	18	pe3d	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἀχθήσεσθε	1	you will even be brought	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the men” mentioned in the previous verse did it. Alternate translation: “the men will even bring you” or “people will even bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	10	18	p74k	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples, they will bring you before rulers and kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	10	19	e5t6	writing-pronouns	ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	But when they may deliver you up	The pronoun **they** refers to the same people as in [10:17](../10/17.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	10	19	ien3	figs-hendiadys	πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε	1	how or what you should speak	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **or**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **or**. Alternate translation: “what you might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MAT	10	19	l7rb	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε	1	for what you should say will be given to you in that hour	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will give to you what you should say in that hour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	10	19	gosj	figs-idiom	δοθήσεται…ὑμῖν	1		Here, **will be given to you** is figurative for God telling the disciples what to say in this situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	10	19	cm7h	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here, **in that hour** means “at that time”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when you need it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	20	vjlm	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	10	20	v9tm	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	the Spirit of your Father	Here, **the Spirit of your Father** is referring to the Holy Spirit and not a spirit of an earthly father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who is of your Heavenly Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	20	k3xr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	10	20	zxd8		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	Alternate translation: “through you”
MAT	10	21	lh6z	figs-abstractnouns	παραδώσει…ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	will deliver up brother to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “aman will have his brother killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	10	21	p8w9	figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father his child	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will have his child killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	10	21	j5jl	figs-idiom	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα	1		Here, **to rise up against** is an idiom meaning to rebel against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “children will rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	10	22	sp6p	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by everyone	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	10	22	c7jk	figs-hyperbole	πάντων	1		Here, **everyone** is figurative for many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	10	22	n3xn	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** refers to Jesus himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	22	k5w9	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ὑπομείνας	1	the one who endures	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	10	22	qn7j	figs-activepassive	οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	he will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	10	23	m42z	figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	in this city	Here, **this** does not refer to a specific **city**, but cities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in a city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	10	23	jjd4	figs-ellipsis	φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν	1	flee to the next	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “flee to the next city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	10	23	dk4u	figs-123person	ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	Here, Jesus is referring to himself when he says **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	10	23	tm8z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	may come	**Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	10	24	p8mr	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a slave above his master	Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus, who is more important than they are. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	10	24	syb2	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave above his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	10	25	e6z3	figs-ellipsis	ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	the slave like his master	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	10	25	pu5y	figs-metaphor	εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	the master of the house	Jesus refers to himself as **the master of the house**. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of himself and disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	10	25	y5md	translate-transliterate	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MAT	10	25	r5ll	figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	the members of his household	Here, **the members of his household** is referring to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	10	26	x4o8	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	Here, **there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed** means the same thing as **hidden, that will not be made known**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	10	26	cnzb	writing-proverbs	οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1		Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil, which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	10	26	xqs4	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	10	26	j86e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that is concealed and will make known to other people everything which is hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	10	27	fa1s	figs-parallelism	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell everyone in public what I tell you privately” or “What I tell you privately, tell everyone in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	10	27	kw75	figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight	Here, **darkness** is a metonym for “private,” and **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately, say in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	27	fc49	figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	what you hear in your ear	Here, **what you hear in {your} ear** is a way of referring to whispering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	10	27	v1b7	figs-metonymy	κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1		Here, **housetops** refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	28	pk7k	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2	But instead, fear the one who is able	Matthew contrasts fear of people with with fear of God by using the phrase **But instead**. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is ** the one being able** to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	10	28	w5rq	figs-metaphor	Γεέννῃ	1		Jesus uses the name of **Gehenna**, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	10	28	x3y1	translate-names	Γεέννῃ	1		Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom, just outside of Jerusalem. This was a place where people were constantly burning trash. Jesus draws the imagery of hell from this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	10	29	tm3s	writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	10	29	glbl	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	10	29	q22l	translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	sparrows	These **sparrows** are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	10	29	i399	translate-unknown	ἀσσαρίου	1	for an assarion	An **assarion** refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. You may translate this as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	10	29	zayd	figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	10	29	wxt4	figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	not one of them will fall to the ground without the knowledge of your Father	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	10	29	id3c	figs-euphemism	πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1		Here, **will fall to the ground** is a polite way of referring to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	10	29	us0e	figs-explicit	ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1		When Jesus says **apart from your Father**, he means apart from the will of your Father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	29	fe8z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	10	30	cih3	figs-activepassive	ὑμῶν…καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	even the hairs of your head are all numbered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God even knows how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	10	32	n1nb	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	10	32	lo11	figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	10	32	b8cl	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	33	d15s	figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	would deny me before men	See how you translated **before men** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	10	33	p2wm	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	34	l5ad	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	upon the earth	Here, **upon the earth** refers to the people who live on **the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	34	uaap	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I have come to bring a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	10	34	jq6d	figs-metonymy	μάχαιραν	1	a sword	Here the use of the word **sword** means division and fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “division among people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	35	xx5m	figs-ellipsis	καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς	1	to set a man against	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	10	37	fb3p		οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος…οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	worthy of me	See how you translated **worthy** in [10:10](../10/10.md).
MAT	10	38	ye95	figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	does not take up his cross and follow after me	Here, **take up his cross** means to be willing to face persecution because you serve Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “does not suffer because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	10	38	ai2r		οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	does not take up	See how you translated **worthy** in the previous verse.
MAT	10	39	u4jh	writing-proverbs	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	The one who found his life will lose it, and the one who lost his life for my sake will find it	Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples about following him. Since Jesus does not explain its meaning, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “The one who clings to what an earthly life has to offer will lose it, and whoever is willing to give up everything for me will gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	10	39	jwf2	figs-metaphor	ὁ εὑρὼν…εὑρήσει	1	The one who found	Here, **found** and **find** are figurative for obtaining something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The one who retains … will gain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	10	39	pbf3	figs-explicit	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	will lose it	Here, Jesus is saying that a person who tries to protect his physical life from people who would punish him for belonging to Jesus will not have eternal life with God. And a person who accepts suffering here on earth because he belongs to Jesus will receive God’s reward of eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	40	c77e	figs-explicit	ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	The one receiving	Jesus says that people **receive me** when they receive the disciples because Jesus is always with his disciples, and so it is like they receive him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who receives you, my disciples, it will be like he also receives me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	40	y9ck	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one receiving me receives the one who sent me	Here, **the one receiving me receives the one who sent me** means that for the one who **receives** Jesus, it is the same as **receiving** God the Father, who sent Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “the one who receives me, he also receives my Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	10	41	f9pv	writing-proverbs	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	in the name of a prophet	Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person who welcome one of God’s prophets, God will reward him in the same way that he rewards the prophets. And a person who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	10	41	yj1q	figs-explicit	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	a reward of a prophet	This **reward** being referred to is to live with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	10	42	v6jg	figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	whoever might give … to drink	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person gives … to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	10	42	z8tk	figs-metaphor	ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	to one of these little ones	The phrase **these little ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	10	42	d61l	figs-explicit	τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	he may certainly not lose	See the note on **reward** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	11	intro	puf4			0		# Matthew 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.<br><br>Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hidden revelation<br><br>After [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT	11	1	z2y7	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	General Information:	**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	11	1	dr3u	figs-doublet	τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν	1	It came about that when	Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	11	2	f3j7	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ	1	John, having heard in the prison about	Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John ended up in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to tell your reader why here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MAT	11	3	w2im	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	said to him	Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	11	3	q89t	figs-ellipsis	ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν	1	Are you the one coming	John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	11	3	hrk5	figs-exclusive	ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν	1	are we expecting another?	Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John’s disciples, or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT	11	5	dyxy	figs-litany	τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1		Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
MAT	11	5	tjuc	figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ…χωλοὶ…λεπροὶ…κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ	1		Jesus is using the adjectives **blind**, **lame**, **lepers**, **deaf**, **dead**, and **poor** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	11	5	sd6c	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are cleansed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	5	v274	figs-idiom	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead are raised	Here, the word **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am causing people to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	11	5	k796	figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead are raised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am raising dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	5	g3k4	figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	the poor are being told the gospel	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	7	d4lo	figs-explicit	τούτων δὲ πορευομένων	1		Here, the word **these** refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	11	7	ysq6	figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	What did you go out in the wilderness to see—a reed being shaken by the wind?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	11	7	ydn2	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1		Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	11	7	w269	figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	being shaken by the wind	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed which the wind is blowing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	8	n5hx	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing?	Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	11	8	y24r	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν	1	dressed in soft clothing	Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	11	9	gm97	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν	1	But what did you go out to see—a prophet?	Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	11	9	fb75	figs-ellipsis	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	much more than a prophet	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see a much more important prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	11	10	de17	figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This is he concerning whom it has been written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one whom the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	10	fi5e	figs-idiom	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	11	10	kva7	figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	will prepare your way before you	That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	11	11	z5yq	figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	11	11	r9ws	figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1		If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	11	c093	figs-litotes	οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1		Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Among those who have been born of human origin, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MAT	11	11	cag4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	the least important in the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	11	12	mb4v	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	But from the days of John the Baptist	The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	11	12	inr2		ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and violent men take it by force	This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) It also be understood instead as referring to the God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”.
MAT	11	13	g1i6	figs-metonymy	πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	all the prophets and the law have prophesied until John	Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the Prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	11	14	yg2f	figs-you	εἰ θέλετε	1	if you are willing	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	11	14	rdsw	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι	1		Awaiting Perry’s comment (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	11	15	z97x	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears to hear, let him hear	The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	11	15	w4cc	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	11	16	mp8g	figs-rquestion	τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?	1	But to what will I compare this generation?	Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people he was speaking to and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	11	16	yat1	figs-synecdoche	τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	this generation	The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to either, (1) the crowd around him (2) the religious leaders of Israel, or (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” or “Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	11	16	l7km	translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplace	A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	11	17	ai4e	figs-parables	λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	saying … you did not weep	Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people who he referred to as “this generation”. They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The first group of children who are speaking are Jesus and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly, or in a way that is meaningful in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	11	17	d916	writing-pronouns	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	We played a flute for you	**We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	11	17	t723	figs-explicit	ἐθρηνήσαμεν	1	We mourned	The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that they performed during that time. If a person died, they would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	11	18	qe7y	figs-explicit	μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων	1	neither eating nor drinking	This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	11	18	p4ql	figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.	1	they say, ‘He has a demon.’	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	11	19	iwk8	figs-123person	ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man came	Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to referring to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	11	19	dsak	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	11	19	gs6z	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἦλθεν…ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων	1	came eating and drinking	The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	11	19	x4ec	figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!’	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, and a friend of tax collectors and those who disobey God’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	11	19	pv4n	translate-unknown	φάγος…οἰνοπότης	1	a drunkard	The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk because of it. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	11	19	vwk4	writing-proverbs	καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	But wisdom has been justified by her children	The proverb **wisdom has been justified by her children** is figurative, where **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the peoples lives who John and I minister to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	11	19	o3zh	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom has been justified by her children	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	20	w4g8	figs-metonymy	ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις	1	to rebuke the cities	Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to scold the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	11	20	t51a	figs-activepassive	ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	in which most of his miracles were done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	21	xxb3	figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT	11	21	y2hr	figs-exclamations	οὐαί σοι	-1		The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgement is coming against you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MAT	11	21	y9d3	figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι	1	Chorazin … Bethsaida … Tyre … Sidon	Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	11	21	lh46	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν	1	if the miracles … they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes	Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	11	21	tm59	figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	if the miracles had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	21	k3in	figs-you	αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	which were done in you	Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	11	22	mr18	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you	See how you translated **Tyre** and **Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	11	22	ibpo	figs-explicit	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	than for you	The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	11	23	vpz6	figs-you	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down to Hades. For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today	The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	11	23	h8e4	figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1		Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT	11	23	fj7d	figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις	1	Capernaum … Sodom	Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum…people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	11	23	aa7t	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not raise you up to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	23	nddz	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because the think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	11	23	vk57	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then”. Alternate translation: “If I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom, then they would have turned from their sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	11	23	z279	figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί	1	if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	24	e3pa	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων	1	it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you	See how you translated Sodom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	11	24	yk3z	figs-explicit	ἢ σοί	1	than for you	Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	11	25	h5x4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	11	25	u9cy	figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Lord of heaven and earth	The phrase **heaven and earth** is figurative for everything which God has created in the entire universe. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT	11	25	qw5c	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	from the wise and discerning	Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	11	25	w9hx	figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1		The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the discerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	11	25	las9	figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and discerning	Jesus calls them **wise** and **intelligent**, even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	11	25	b6w5	figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	to little children	Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	11	26	qp7t	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	for thus it was well-pleasing in your sight	The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	11	27	yk5w	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been entrusted to me from my Father	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	11	27	gd67		πάντα	1	All things	The phrase **All things** could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority”
MAT	11	27	j3vk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	11	27	s1as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ; οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι	1	no one knows the Son except the Father	If these double negatives would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate them as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	11	27	esp4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ Υἱὸς	1	the Son	Jesus was referring to himself as the **Son** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	11	27	l8xe	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	11	28	x978	figs-you	πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	all you who are laboring and are heavy burdened, and I will give you rest	Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	11	28	t2jj	figs-metaphor	οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι	1	who are laboring and are heavy burdened	Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	11	28	f1w4	figs-metaphor	κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	and I will give you rest	Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that were created by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	11	29	q1ya	figs-exmetaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Take my yoke on you	Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a yoke, something which is put on large animals to carry heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If your readers would not understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Let me help you carry your burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
MAT	11	29	t1rh	figs-doublet	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	I am gentle and humble in heart	Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	11	29	i3qs	figs-idiom	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	humble in heart	The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	11	29	i3ls	figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	you will find rest for your souls	Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	11	30	hlv3	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke. I will also be like I am only making you carry a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
MAT	11	30	ynf1	figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	For my yoke is easy and my burden is light	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	12	intro	y7z6			0		# Matthew 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Sabbath<br><br>This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
MAT	12	1	m2n1	writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	12	1	tvt9	translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually turned into bread. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	12	1	y5vr	figs-explicit	στάχυας	1	heads of grain	The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	12	2	swl7	figs-explicit	ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath	According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshipping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	12	3	d712	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—	This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	4	u3ye	figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1		Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have read what David did when he and those with him were hungry, how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they was not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	4	blm5	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the house of God	Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MAT	12	4	ue7l	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the loaves of the presence	This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	12	4	lkx9	figs-ellipsis	εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	except only for the priests	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	12	5	f79q	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	5	dqe9	figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	profane the Sabbath	The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	12	6	k4mn	figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν	1	greater than the temple	Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	12	7	ypj7	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant, then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	12	7	e1ju		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds”
MAT	12	7	s23l	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	the innocent	Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	12	8	l7g3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	12	8	nca0	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		**Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	12	9	y4me	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees who Jesus was just speaking to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	12	10	xb13	translate-unknown	ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	there was a man having a withered hand	This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	12	10	c1cc	writing-background	καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν…ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him	Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	12	11	ng4j	figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	12	s2tu	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep?	Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a person, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	13	be8u	figs-imperative	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.”	This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT	12	13	jry3	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	it was restored to health	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	15	lbo1	figs-hyperbole	ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας	1		Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning “many”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	12	17	mcd7	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been said through Isaiah the prophet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	18	zkt7	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ ἀγαπητός μου	1	Connecting Statement:	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one who I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	12	18	s6a4	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	in whom my soul is well pleased	Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	12	18	jh8p	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will announce justice to the Gentiles	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	12	19	gj1p	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει	1	He will not strive … his	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	12	19	jr87	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	in the streets	Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	12	20	cdk2	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	20	kbu9	figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	12	20	y8mn	translate-unknown	λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	he will not quench a smoking flax	Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick, or a small flame. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a small flame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	12	20	b6tw	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	he may lead justice to victory	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	12	21	w3rq	figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	12	22	nba2	writing-newevent	τότε	1	General Information:	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	12	22	e1g4	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος	1	Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who was demon possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	22	k2vt	figs-nominaladj	τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	someone was brought to him, blind and mute	Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	12	23	ink7	translate-unknown	ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	**Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	12	23	h8kf	figs-metonymy	υἱὸς	1	Son	Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	12	24	p1mi	figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by the Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	12	25	ckth	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1		This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he know their thoughts. So he said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	12	25	i1sd	writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	12	25	ll42	figs-parallelism	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται…πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	12	25	g9ec	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία…πόλις ἢ οἰκία	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, who would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	12	25	rvzh	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	26	i42r	figs-metonymy	Σατανᾶν	1	if Satan casts out Satan	The second word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	12	26	ah7t	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ	1	How then will his kingdom stand?	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	27	gee9	figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	by whom do your sons cast them out?	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	27	x9je	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	The phrase **your sons** refers to their the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	27	jja2		διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	For this reason they will be your judges	The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees’s accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong”. Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges”
MAT	12	28	zb4d	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	But if I	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
MAT	12	28	r5dg	figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	then the kingdom of God has come upon you	See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	12	29	t4vu	figs-parables	ἢ	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house	This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	12	29	w54c	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man?	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	29	b2et	figs-genericnoun	τις	1		The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	12	29	tsrk	figs-metaphor	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι	1		To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people who they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	29	zluo	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν	1		When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to rule over his demons. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	30	ivp9	figs-idiom	ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The one not being with me	The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	12	30	ek1h	figs-metaphor	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	the one not gathering with me scatters	Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	31	hy38	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will commit every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	31	t280	grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1		If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT	12	31	ezx8	figs-activepassive	ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	31	kqx0	figs-abstractnouns	βλασφημία…ἡ δὲ…βλασφημία	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks…but when one blasphemes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	12	32	gwx2	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man	Here, the word **word** is figurative, referring to what someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	12	32	h79z	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	12	32	z3ma	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ…οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person…God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	32	lw5j	figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	neither in this age, nor in the one coming	Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time we now live…in eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. But a person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. Nevertheless, you can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	12	33	kl16	figs-idiom	καλὸν…σαπρὸν	1	good … bad	The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	12	33	nx9n	figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	34	r1uv	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You offspring of vipers	Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes who can harm and kill people. The Pharisees are compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You are behaving like dangerous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	34	e7x3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες?	1	being evil, how are you able to say good things?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evil the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you are certainly not able to say good things to people because you are so evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	34	i7c6	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	12	34	e9bg	figs-metonymy	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	12	35	r3uw	writing-proverbs	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things	Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people’s behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as **treasure**. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	12	36	t2pj	figs-genericnoun	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	men will give an account concerning it	Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	12	36	ay18	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	12	37	qw5e	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ	1	you will be justified … you will be condemned	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	38	ikg2	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	to see a sign from you	The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	12	39	d8b9	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it	Jesus is speaking to the people who are right in front of him in the third person. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	12	39	a5di	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An … adulterous generation	Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him like a person who is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “an evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	39	j21p	grammar-connect-exceptions	καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	except the sign of Jonah the prophet	If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of the prophet Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT	12	39	c6hy	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	no sign will be given to it	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give them a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	40	vh9i	figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	-1	three days and three nights	The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT	12	40	hzem	figs-explicit	ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως	1		Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells about how the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish for three days because he disobeyed God. After he repented, three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	12	40	iuv8	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	12	40	gg65	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	in the heart of the earth	The phrase **the heart of the earth** is referring to being deep in the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	12	41	sn8j	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Ninevah repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Ninevah will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	12	41	gnh1	figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	The phrase **men of Nineveh** is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “Citizens of Ninevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	12	41	b94i		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	The phrase **will stand up at the judgement** could either mean (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. Or it could mean (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgement”
MAT	12	41	x8gm		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	See how you translated the word **generation** in [12:39](../12/39.md)
MAT	12	41	qg29		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	The word **behold** emphasizes what Jesus says next.
MAT	12	41	dbs3	figs-ellipsis	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	something greater	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here and you have not repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	12	41	zb6a	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	12	42	zwv7	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the South	This refers to the **Queen** of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	12	42	kku7		ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	will rise up at the judgment	See the note on this phrase in the previous verse.
MAT	12	42	z46e		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	See how you translated this phrase in [12:41](../12/41.md).
MAT	12	42	zc72		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	See how you translated **generation** in the previous verse.
MAT	12	42	q8q8	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	12	42	t521	grammar-connect-logic-result	βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than her. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgement with this generation and will judge it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	12	42	aj1x	figs-ellipsis	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	something greater	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come and listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	12	42	uf5k	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	12	43	tnea	figs-parables	δὲ	1		In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through [12:45](../12/45.md). Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	12	43	f5jr	figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	waterless places	Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	12	44	ty9b	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	to my house from which I departed	Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	44	cd4f	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that it was empty, and someone swept it and left it organized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	12	44	s6jf	figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	empty and swept out and put in order	Here, the phrase **empty, having been swept out and put in order** is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and moved out of so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them so the demon came back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the spirit finds that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living in them, but that there was no spirit living in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	12	47	qd32	figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.”	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside seeking to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	12	48	e535	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who is my mother and who are my brothers?	Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	12	49	rxe8	translate-kinship	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	my mother and my brothers	The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	12	50	e25c	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	whoever may do	The word **For** here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one that obeys my Father in the heavens to be my mother or my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MAT	12	50	mq9r	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	12	50	s0yb	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	12	50	gn31	figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	he is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	intro	s3lu			0		# Matthew 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)).
MAT	13	1	vx5y	writing-newevent	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	On that day	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	13	1	cy1t	writing-background	ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	having gone out of the house	Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house and was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	13	2	d16z	figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Many crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	2	d0v5	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
MAT	13	3	o5f9	figs-parables	ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1		Jesus teaches the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	13	3	f5mv	writing-quotations	ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων	1	And he spoke many things to them in parables	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	13	4	qr2d	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	devoured them	Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path where they were unprotected from animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	4	v7r8	figs-ellipsis	ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν	1	beside the road	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “some seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	5	ql87	figs-ellipsis	καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν	1	And immediately they sprang up	In this verse and in the following verses, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	6	qq5x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	they were scorched	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	6	pz44	figs-idiom	ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος	1		The phrase**the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	13	7	k69q	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλα	1		See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	7	vt8z	figs-explicit	ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	choked them	The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to come readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than the crops which the sower planted did, and so they did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	8	iwv2	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλα	1	produced fruit	See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	8	e91e	figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30	The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	9	q2e2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	See the note in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	9	gkv1	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	13	11	fc5n	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	11	xq2v	figs-ellipsis	ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	11	rcd3	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	To you has been given to understand	The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	13	11	ah6u	figs-metonymy	Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	12	x34s	writing-proverbs	ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1		This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus talks about understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand even more. But whoever does not understand, he will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	13	12	j3rl	figs-genericnoun	ὅστις…ὅστις	1	whoever has	The word **whoever** is referring to people in general, and not to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	13	12	v61y	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται…ἀρθήσεται	1	it will be given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	14	jz9n	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says	Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
MAT	13	14	a1im	figs-metaphor	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand	See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	15	tfl1	figs-metonymy	ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1		Here, the word **heart** is used to refer to a persons mind or inner intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	15	ps56	figs-idiom	ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	they might turn back	The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they might repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	13	15	q1h9	figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I will heal them	The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	16	glp8	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see	Here, **see** and **hear** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. These words refer to the ability to understand what a person sees and hears. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	13	16	rlt3	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	13	16	xczh	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	17	bsj7	figs-you	ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε	1	to you … you see … you hear	All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	13	17	e6ci	figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	the things you see	The phrase **the things you see** is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	17	lslf	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before my time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	17	q14w	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	the things you hear	The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	18	w35t	figs-parables	ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος	1	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	13	19	v2d7	figs-genericnoun	παντὸς ἀκούοντος	1	the word of the kingdom	Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	13	19	suhi	figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1		The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about **the kingdom**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	13	19	het1	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1		Here the word **kingdom** is referring to how God is making people his people to rule over them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God is making people his people to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	19	uo3l	figs-ellipsis	τῆς βασιλείας	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	19	a8nu	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart	Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God’s message is spoken of as if it **has been sown** in a person’s heart. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	19	sb7u	figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	19	r9u6	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	what has been sown in his heart	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	19	xi8f	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his heart	Here, the word **heart** is referring to the mind of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	19	wfd3	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	This is what was sown beside the road	Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is thrown alongside the road. The seed is referring to God’s message. The road is referring to the persons **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “when this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	19	xgz5		παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	beside the road	See how you translated this in [13:4](../13/04.md).
MAT	13	20	l5iv	figs-explicit	ὁ…σπαρείς	1	Now that sown on the rocky ground	The phrase **the one having been sown** is talking about the the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	20	rnct	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1		Jesus is comparing **the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy** with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives it has not fully believed in God’s message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	20	w4f9	figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον	1	Now that sown on rocky ground, this is	See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	13	20	cl6g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Here, **the word** represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	20	z76f	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	receiving it with joy	Jesus is speaking, speaking about believing as if they were **receiving** God’s message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God’s message with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	21	zg9q	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	But he has no root in himself, but is temporary	The expression **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary** means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	13	21	ixil	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	13	21	lxuy	figs-abstractnouns	γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people afflicted and persecuted them because of the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	13	21	xv50	figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον	1		See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	13	21	lim9	figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	immediately he is caused to stumble	The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God’s message. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	22	d4h5	figs-explicit	ὁ…σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown	Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	22	rcj8		ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants	See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md)
MAT	13	22	a3u1	figs-synecdoche	τὸν λόγον	-1	the word	See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	13	22	q2nh	figs-explicit	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον	1	the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word	The phrase **the cares of this age** is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “worrying about what you need to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	22	wwf5	figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	Jesus speaks of **riches** as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	13	22	gn6z	figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	23	xw4b	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown on the good soil	Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the **good soil**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	23	ptb8	figs-metaphor	ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ	1	who indeed bears fruit, and some yield	Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	23	wm3p	figs-ellipsis	ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30	This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	13	23	i4t0	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα	1		You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “a hundred … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT	13	24	l5yx	figs-parables	ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων,	1	Connecting Statement:	To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	13	24	xkov	figs-metaphor	ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς	1		Here the term **set before them** means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	24	iiv7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	13	24	k8pu	figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like a man	Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	13	24	f8j5	figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	24	u21k	figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	good seed	Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces edible crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed for food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	25	zn8v		ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς	1	his enemy came	Alternate translation: “his enemy came to the field”
MAT	13	25	q4tv		ζιζάνια	1	darnel	The **darnel** that was sown looks like food plants when it is young, but its grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
MAT	13	26	lea1		ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος	1	But when the blades sprouted	Alternate translation: “But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up”
MAT	13	26	jgv9		καρπὸν ἐποίησεν	1	produced fruit	Alternate translation: “produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
MAT	13	26	tu4q		τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια	1	then the darnel became visible also	Alternate translation: “then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
MAT	13	27	h51x		τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	of the landowner	The **landowner** is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
MAT	13	27	gr7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?	1	did you not sow good seed in your field?	The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	13	27	fb86	figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ…ἔσπειρας	1	did you not sow	The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	28	r83z		ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς	1	But he was saying to them	Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
MAT	13	28	num8		θέλεις οὖν	1	Therefore, do you want us	The word **us** refers to the servants.
MAT	13	29	c9jc		ὁ δέ φησιν	1	But he says	Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”
MAT	13	30	z36a	figs-quotations	ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.	1	I will say to the reapers, “First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn.”	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	13	30	ll14		τὴν ἀποθήκην	1	barn	A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, animals, and other farm items.
MAT	13	31	tdf4	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	13	31	jw7u	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	31	qby8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	13	32	gyi1	writing-background	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds	The phrase **which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds** shows how small the seed it compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed was the smallest of any seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	13	32	g6v8	figs-idiom	γίνεται δένδρον	1	becomes a tree	Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	13	33	z94k	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	The kingdom of heaven is like yeast	In this passage, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with **yeast**. Jesus is saying that, Just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	13	33	w8sb	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	33	xc9t	translate-unknown	ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1		The word **yeast** is something used in making bread that causes it to grow. If this would not be understood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	13	33	r88g	translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three measures of flour	You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
MAT	13	34	nt7u	figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	13	34	n54e	figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	All these things	The phrase **all these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	34	a5c7	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	13	35	ybq5	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	35	p3tb	writing-quotations	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος,	1	saying	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	13	35	f9gl	figs-metonymy	ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου	1		Jesus is using the phrase **I will open my mouth in parables** to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	35	yx6y	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	what has been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	35	th8t	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	13	36	pq2h	writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	13	37	r9wr		ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The phrase **the Son of Man** is explaining what the phrase **The one sowing the good seed** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md).
MAT	13	37	xj4s	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	13	38	eea8		ὁ δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος; τὸ δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας; τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1		The phrase **the world** is explaining what the phrase **the field** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). The phrase **the sons of the kingdom** is explaining what the phrase **the good seed** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). The phrase **the sons of the evil one** is explaining what the phrase **the darnel** means which Jesus used in [13:25](../13/25.md).
MAT	13	38	h9iz	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας…οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the sons of the kingdom	Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	13	38	eni3	figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	of the kingdom	See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	39	sgx2		ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά, ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος; ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συντέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν; οἱ δὲ θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν	1	the enemy who sowed them	The phrase **the devil** is explaining what the phrase **the enemy** means which Jesus used in [13:25](../13/25.md). The phrase **the end of the age** is explaining what the phrase **the harvest** means which Jesus used in [13:30](../13/30.md). The word **angels** is explaining what the phrase **the reapers** means which Jesus used in [13:30](../13/30.md)
MAT	13	40	rn64	figs-simile	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire	Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen in the end times. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers in the final days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	13	40	hzih	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος	1		The word **thus** tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain what the parable is similar to in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “here is a description of what it will be like in the end days for evil people:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MAT	13	41	fiy4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	The Son of Man will send out his angels	See how you translated **Son of Man** in [13:37](../13/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	13	41	p5p9	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is using the term **kingdom** here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the world which he rules over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	41	ptw9	figs-metaphor	πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	those doing lawlessness	Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people who cause others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	42	d9md	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	Here, Jesus is referring to hell as a **furnace of fire**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	13	42	zu3j	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	13	43	azqy	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1		Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	13	43	u6sm	figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	will shine as the sun	Here, Jesus is comparing **the righteous** as if they were shining like **the sun**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	13	43	j487	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ	1		Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “in heaven where God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	43	sea2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν	1	of their Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	13	43	zxh2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	44	fjm1	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	In [13:44-46](../13/44.md), Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	13	44	tac2	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1		Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with a **treasure**. He is saying that it is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	13	44	e9cv	figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	44	wg6a	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένῳ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	44	k9rh	translate-unknown	θησαυρῷ	1	a treasure	A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. If your readers would not know this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	13	44	hu7f		κεκρυμμένῳ…ἔκρυψεν	1	hid	Alternate translation: “buried … buried”
MAT	13	45	c633	figs-explicit	ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls	The author is implying here that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	45	znbs	figs-simile	πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1		Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of God** with **fine pearls**. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as expressed in the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	13	45	auj6	figs-metonymy	ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1		See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	45	khy6	translate-unknown	ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	a man, a merchant	A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and sells them to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	13	45	b88q	translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	fine pearls	These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	13	47	vw24	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	13	47	s2dd	figs-extrainfo		0		Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in [13:49](../13/49.md), so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MAT	13	47	g79n	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like a net	Here, Jesus compares **the kingdom of the heavens** with how a **net** catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net is cast into the see, and gathers every kind of fish in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	13	47	rjm4	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	47	vrp4	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	like a net having been cast into the sea	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	48	aqhl	figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	48	cnp7	figs-nominaladj	τὰ καλὰ…τὰ…σαπρὰ	1	the good things	Jesus is using the adjectives **good** and **worthless** as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	13	49	zawv	figs-explicit	ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι	1		Jesus does not say where the angels **go out** from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence.If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	49	ah2k	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων	1	the wicked from among the righteous	Jesus is using the adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	13	50	j8nf		καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	the furnace of fire	See how you translated this verse in [13:42](../13/42.md).
MAT	13	51	p5ej	figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.”	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	13	52	g4dd	figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	who has been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	52	gr36	figs-parables		0		In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	13	52	ip6e	figs-simile	πᾶς γραμματεὺς…ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1		Here, Jesus is comparing a **scribe** who obeys Jesus with **a man** who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is brought. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or “every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people to whom they teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	13	52	g59c	translate-unknown	τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his treasure	See how you translated **treasure** in [13:44](../13/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	13	53	jwv2	writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	And it happened that when	This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to his disciples is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MAT	13	54	qnh9	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	Jesus is using the phrase **And having entered into his hometown** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	13	54	q3ml	figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his hometown	Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	54	it1f		ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	they were astonished	Alternate translation: “they were amazed”
MAT	13	54	b3d2	figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles?	The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	55	rk5e	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas?	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	13	55	rpj9	translate-unknown	ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	the son of the carpenter	The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who works with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	13	55	qspg	figs-metonymy	ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1		Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** to mean Jospeh, Jesus’ father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	56	m9pn	figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	are not all his sisters with us?	The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	13	56	bnv1	figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	From where therefore to this one are all these things?	The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	13	56	pqf1	figs-explicit	ταῦτα πάντα	1	all these things	Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	13	57	f5md	figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	they were offended by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	13	57	azn4	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	A prophet is not without honor	Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	13	57	sq8j		τῇ πατρίδι	1	his hometown	See how you translated **hometown** in [4:2](../04/02.md).
MAT	13	57	w4x8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his own family	Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	13	58	e2cp	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν	1	he did not do many miracles there	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	14	intro	g5mc			0		# Matthew 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	14	2	pd1b	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	he said	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	14	2	nx7x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	has been raised from the dead	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	14	2	vve7	figs-personification	διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him	Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** as if it were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	14	3	zgp9	writing-background	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	14	3	zsvz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod’s brother’s wife, John was arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	14	3	d3gp	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then threw him and prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	14	3	h466	figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison	Jesus is using the term **Herod** to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and throw him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	14	3	lr92	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	the wife of Philip	**Philip** was Herod’s brother, and the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	14	4	n1t6	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	14	6	fvs5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	in the midst	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	14	6	vdik	translate-unknown	γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου	1		In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were celebrating Herod’s birthday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	14	8	rhk5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	But having being urged beforehand by her mother	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	14	8	ruy4	translate-unknown	πίνακι	1	a platter	If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what **platter** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large plate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	14	9	s8zp	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	And the king, having been grieved	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	14	9	j6nu	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	commanded it to be granted to her	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Herod” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that it be given to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	14	11	nd5r	figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	14	11	pba6		πίνακι	1	a platter	See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md).
MAT	14	12	mq89	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come, they reported it to Jesus	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	14	13	id97	writing-background	ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	General Information:	Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to a desert place by himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	14	13	ia39	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus withdrew	Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	14	13	ipm9	figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	on foot	Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning “walked.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “walking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	14	14	d8n3		καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	And having come out	Alternate translation: “And when Jesus got off the boat”
MAT	14	15	otp3	figs-idiom	ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν	1		This phrase means it was late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	14	16	r5gd	figs-you	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	You give them	The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	14	17	ih48	grammar-connect-exceptions	πέντε ἄρτους	1	five loaves	If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT	14	19	i34u	translate-symaction	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	having broken it, he gave the loaves	Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying that God would provide enough food for the crowd. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	14	19	bf1a	figs-ellipsis	εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας	1	the loaves	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	14	19	t7ei	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις	1	Having looked up	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were filled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	14	21	als7	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι	1	5,000 men	Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT	14	22	yp8l	writing-background	ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους	1	General Information:	Matthew is providing background information for the next story about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was making the disciples to get into the boat to the other side before him while he was sending away the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	14	24	vzd1	writing-background	τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος	1	was being tossed about by the waves	Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea, and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	14	25	pmw8	translate-unknown	τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	Now in the fourth watch of the night	If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what **fourth watch** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	14	26	h7df	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά	1	a ghost	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	14	30	sk3j		βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	seeing the strong wind	Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he “he became afraid” because he became aware of the wind and the large waves that it caused. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was”
MAT	14	31	ia1d	figs-explicit	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	why did you doubt?	Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter doubting that Jesus could help him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	14	31	cr9i	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	why did you doubt?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	14	33	u8pu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	14	34	cv3f	figs-explicit	καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	And having crossed over	Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	14	34	x9nu	translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	Gennesaret	**Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	14	35	xd7c	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	sent	Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	14	36	mw8n	figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	were healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	15	intro	i9a5			0		# Matthew 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The “traditions of the elders”<br><br>The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Jews and Gentiles<br><br>The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	15	1	q6af	writing-newevent	τότε	1	General Information:	Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	15	2	j1b8	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders?	The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elder!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	15	2	yn6l	translate-unknown	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the traditions of the elders	Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous people created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	15	2	gfn6	figs-explicit	οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	they do not wash their hands	This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	15	3	ia1e	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	15	4	srz6	figs-quotesinquotes	τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα…ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	General Information:	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	15	5	ql75	figs-explicit	δῶρον	1	But you say	It might be necessary in your language to say who the gift is for. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	15	5	l8t0	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother ‘Whatever from might have been helpful is a gift’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	15	6	q3kt	figs-explicit	πατέρα	1	he will certainly not honor his father	Here, the word **father** implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	15	6	znt9	figs-explicit	ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you have made void the word of God	Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have made void the God’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	15	7	t4fq	figs-exclamations	ὑποκριταί	1	General Information:	Jesus calls them **hypocrites** in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MAT	15	7	n4ti	writing-quotations	λέγων	1	saying	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	15	8	qw69	figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	This people honors me with their lips	Isaiah, who Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** to mean when someone is speaking. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	15	8	bz91	writing-pronouns	με…ἐμοῦ	1	me … me	Here, the words **me** are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	15	8	wuw3	figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a person’s inner thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	15	8	q7vm	figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far away from me	Here, the phrase **far from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they are not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	15	8	hr29	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	15	9	vvb9	figs-possession	ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	the commandments of men	James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
MAT	15	11	s28y	figs-metonymy	οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth	Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean what a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles them, but what a person says, this is what defiles them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	15	12	l2uj	figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι…ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	15	13	n5ij	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted	Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, or judges them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	15	13	j49e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	15	13	hs4t	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	will be uprooted	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	15	14	r167	writing-pronouns	ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	Let them go!	The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	15	14	ai9x	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. But if the blind lead the blind along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	15	15	shg6	writing-pronouns	ἡμῖν	1	to us	Here, **us** refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to us disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	15	16	al9z	figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also still without understanding?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	15	17	l5nt	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται?	1	Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that go into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	15	17	s9z6	translate-unknown	ἀφεδρῶνα	1	the latrine	Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where you bury your bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	15	18	ca1w	figs-metonymy	τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	the things that proceed out from the mouth	Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	15	18	jt6o	figs-metonymy	τῆς καρδίας	1		Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	15	20	bme7	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον…ἄνθρωπον	1	to eat with unwashed hands	Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	15	21	e5gv	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	15	21	t81u	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	15	22	x1wm	writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα	1	behold, a Canaanite woman having come out	Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT	15	22	xs64	translate-kinship	Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	15	22	j6rt	figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	My daughter is severely demon-possessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	15	23	hd2i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	did not answer her a word	Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	15	24	t9ga	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	I was not sent	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	15	24	wfnx	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1		If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT	15	24	u9t4	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	to the lost sheep of the house of Israel	Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	15	25	u3jj	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	Here, **bowing down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	15	26	ihz4	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs	This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	15	26	a5bc	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	the bread of the children	Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	15	27	yvw1	figs-metaphor	καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	15	27	i5tt		τὰ κυνάρια	1	the little dogs	See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse.
MAT	15	28	tea2	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	let it be done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	15	28	n229	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	her daughter was healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	15	28	wwq3	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	15	29	np6e	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	15	30	c8td	figs-nominaladj	χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute	Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	15	30	yf7i	figs-idiom	ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	they laid them at his feet	Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	15	30	gy3h	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1		Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	15	31	be52	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὺς…κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς	1	the crippled … the lame … the blind	See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	15	33	uhi3	figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd?	The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
MAT	15	34	k86l	figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά	1	Seven, and a few small fish	The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “seven loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	15	36	a9s4	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις	1	was giving them	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	15	38	z66m	translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	4,000 men	Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT	15	39	m8dp	translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	of Magadan	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	16	intro	za2k			0		# Matthew 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yeast<br><br>Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background information<br><br>Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
MAT	16	1	t7p5		πειράζοντες	1	testing him	Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him”
MAT	16	4	jl3e	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An evil and adulterous generation	See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	16	4	fhx6	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An evil and adulterous generation	Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	16	4	d9eq	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	2	a sign will not be given to it	Jesus would not give them **a sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	16	4	dep2		εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	except the sign of Jonah	See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
MAT	16	5	ii6j	writing-newevent		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is using the word translated **and** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	16	5	si9k	figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	16	6	hfz2	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees	Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate it as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in [16:12](../16/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	16	8	mg8s		ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	You of little faith	2See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
MAT	16	8	zz4i	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	why do you reason among yourselves that it is because you do not have bread?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	16	9	h5bg	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε?	1	Do you not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	16	9	ux51	translate-numbers	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	of the 5,000	Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT	16	10	ejm5	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε?	1	Or the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	16	10	b11x	translate-numbers	τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	of the 4,000	Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT	16	11	mb2z	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?	1	How do you not understand that I did not speak to you about bread?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	16	11	i7x6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees	Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	16	12	f73l	writing-pronouns	συνῆκαν	1	they understood	The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	16	13	e5cm	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	16	13	e1jh	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	16	16	n5wi	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the Son of the living God	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	16	16	r1h7	figs-explicit	τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	of the living God	Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as if he is alive. This is to contrast God as the only true God with the other gods who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	16	17	yh0s	grammar-connect-logic-result	μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father who is in heaven, you are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	16	17	le6a	translate-names	Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ	1	Simon Bar Jonah	The word **Bar** here is another way of saying “son of”. If it would be helpful in your language, could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “son of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	16	17	g8s5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	16	17	dfw5	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	flesh and blood did not reveal this	Jesus is using **flesh and blood** to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	16	17	wix3	writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	did not reveal this	The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous phrase about Jesus being the Christ, the Son of the living God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	16	17	v5lw	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	but my Father who is in the heavens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	16	17	gi3l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	16	18	z897	translate-names	ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	And I also say to you	Here, Jesus uses the imagery of **Peter** as a **rock**. The name **Peter** means **rock**. It might be helpful to state this explicitly in your language to make this imagery and wordplay clear to your readers. See how this is demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	16	18	x43d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	upon this rock I will build my church	Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase **this rock** could represent: (1) Peter himself. Alternate translation: “upon this rock, which is you” or (2) the truth that Peter had just said in [16:16](../16/16.md). Alternate translation: “upon what you have said, which is like a foundation of rock” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	16	18	vu9u	figs-metonymy	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Jesus is using the term **Hades** to mean death. He is using the term **gate** to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	16	19	ysk8	figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	I will give to you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	16	19	pp5d	figs-metaphor	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν; καὶ	1	the keys of the kingdom of the heavens	Here, Jesus is using the term **keys** to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	16	19	k09j	translate-unknown	τὰς κλεῖδας	1		Here, **keys** are things used to open a door or gate so that people are able to enter or exit a place. They can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened and the people inside cannot get out. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	16	19	kc3k	figs-metonymy	τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	16	19	ef9c	figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens	Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth, it will be forbidden in heaven. And whatever you allow on the earth, it will be allowed in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	16	19	dy4p	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	-1	whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens	Jesus is using the phrase **in the heavens** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	16	21	yile	grammar-connect-time-sequential	εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1		Here, Jesus predicts that **to go to Jerusalem**, **to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes**, **to be killed**, **to be raised on the third day** will happen one after another. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed and afterwards to be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	16	21	es1l	figs-idiom	ἐγερθῆναι	1	scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day	Here, **to be raised** is an idiom that means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will bring back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	16	21	r5hj	figs-activepassive	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise me on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	16	21	jjx5	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	16	22	guz8	figs-idiom	ἵλεώς σοι	1	Merciful to you	**Merciful to you** is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	16	23	f28i	figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ	1	Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me	Here, Jesus calls Peter **Satan**. This is because he is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a **stumbling block**, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	16	24	t0zn	figs-genericnoun	εἴ τις θέλει	1		The word **anyone** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	16	24	ck1a	figs-idiom	ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν	1	to come after me	Here, **to come after me** is an idiom that means to be Jesus’ disciple. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	16	24	pg9h	figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	let him deny himself	The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he must be willing to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	16	25	tp9k	figs-genericnoun	ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ	1		By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	16	25	y9kc	figs-euphemism	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	will lose it	Here, **lose** it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	16	25	xz98	figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	will find it	Here, **find it** means to obtain life with God forever. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	16	26	eqe8	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ?	1	For what will it profit a man if he would have gained the whole world but would have forfeited his life?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	16	26	g0xo	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1		Jesus is using the phrase a man here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	16	26	q7x1	figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ	1	if he would have gained the whole world	The phrase the whole world is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	16	26	eck5	figs-rquestion	ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Or what will a man give in exchange for his life?	Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	16	27	iyu1	figs-123person	μέλλει…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτοῦ…ἀποδώσει	1	the Son of Man is about … his … he will repay	Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	16	27	vk5y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	of his Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	16	28	k2d1	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	16	28	wq13	figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	may certainly not have tasted death	The phrase taste death is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	16	28	p1d4	figs-abstractnouns	θανάτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	16	28	b2pb	figs-metonymy	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	until they may see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom	Jesus is using the term **coming in his kingdom** to mean when Jesus will come to rule over his people forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming to rule over his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	16	28	etk2	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	17	intro	yb4k			0		# Matthew 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
MAT	17	1	u6dw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ	1	General Information:	The phrase translated **And six days later** indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	17	2	kq4l	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	he was transfigured	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	17	2	uxg3	figs-idiom	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	before them	Here, **before them** is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	17	2	i1mp	figs-simile	ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς	1	his face shone like the sun, and his garments became brilliant as the light	The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	17	4	r41c	figs-exclusive	Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	answering, Peter said	By **us**, Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT	17	4	d231	translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	it is good for us to be here	Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	17	5	an8j		ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς	1	overshadowed them	Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) That the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked peoples view of them” (2) The cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them”
MAT	17	5	kc8t	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	there was a voice from the cloud	Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	17	6	wd76		καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	And having heard that, the disciples	Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
MAT	17	6	a87e	figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	fell on their face	Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the 3 disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	17	7	iw4l	figs-quotations	ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1		It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	17	8	i9gt	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον	1		If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT	17	9	y9rq	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	17	12	a4h7	writing-pronouns	ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν	1	they did … them	The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	17	12	i74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	17	13	cskj	writing-background	τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1		Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	17	15	ufb4	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	have mercy on my son	See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	17	15	hs55	translate-unknown	σεληνιάζεται	1	he is epileptic	Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someones body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	17	17	lyu5	figs-nominaladj	ἄπιστος	1	O unbelieving and perverse generation, how long	Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	17	17	su3r	figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	17	18	i8kd	figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς	1	the boy was healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	17	18	h2gc	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	17	19	pz9f	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples, but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT	17	19	sz7d	writing-pronouns	αὐτό	1		The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus threw out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	17	20	uy78	figs-simile	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	if you would have faith as a mustard seed	Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	17	20	x48i	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν	1	nothing will be impossible for you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	17	22	r2cu	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	17	22	jzq8	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	17	22	ff8x	figs-activepassive	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι	1	The Son of Man is about to be delivered	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	17	22	mmk2	figs-metonymy	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	to be delivered into the hands of men	The word **hands** here is a metonym expression possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	17	23	hl6j	figs-123person	αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται	1	him … he will be raised up	Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	17	23	b6g3	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	17	23	fni4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται	1	he will be raised up	Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring him back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	17	23	fjac	figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσεται	1	he will be raised up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	17	24	jli6	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	17	24	b953	figs-explicit	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	the two-drachma tax	Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people payed to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	17	24	cths	translate-bmoney	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	the two-drachma tax	A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one day’s wage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	17	25	yp5h	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν	1	What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers?	Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	17	26	u6xx	translate-kinship	οἱ υἱοί	1	the sons	See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	17	27	uhk5	figs-explicit	βάλε ἄγκιστρον	1	throw in a hook	Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp object used to catch fish, to the end of a line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that you catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	17	27	t9t8	translate-bmoney	στατῆρα	1	a shekel	A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	17	27	km3v	figs-you	ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ	1	on behalf of me and you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	18	intro	m4y6			0		# Matthew 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?<br><br>Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAT	18	1	f7zv	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	General Information:	Here, **At that hour** is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	18	1	pp31	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	3	fs1e	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	unless you would turn and would become like little children, you may certainly not enter	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “If you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	18	3	h9w4	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1		Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples will only enter the kingdom of God if they become like children. Alternate translation: “suppose that you do not turn and become like little children. Then you will never enter the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT	18	3	ewj5	figs-simile	γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία	1	would become like little children	Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child, who does not care about being the greatest but obey Jesus, they would not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	18	3	ch9p	figs-metonymy	τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	you may certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	4	ta7z	figs-simile	ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a **little child**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	18	4	rw2n	figs-genericnoun	ὅστις	1		The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “if a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	18	4	gf8l	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	5	v4a2	figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν	1		The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	18	5	i9ju	figs-explicit	δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο	1		Here, the phrase **little child** is referring to the people who acts like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	18	5	dz1i	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean “because he is my disciple.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	6	ghp3	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	that a millstone of a donkey would have been hung about his neck and he would have been sunk into the depth of the sea	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that a person might put a millstone around his neck and he might sink into the depths of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	18	6	dxd2	figs-metaphor	ὃς δ’ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1		The word **stumble** usually refers to someone tripping over an object. Here, **stumble** is used to refer to someone who sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stop believing in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	18	6	w3uz	translate-unknown	μύλος	1	a millstone	A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	18	7	ees6	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	to the world	Jesus is using the term **world** to mean the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	7	y7vh	figs-metaphor	τῶν σκανδάλων…τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται	1	the stumbling blocks … that those stumbling blocks come … to the man through whom those stumbling blocks come	A **stumbling block** is something that causes people to trip and fall. Here, it is referring to people who cause others to sin. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who cause others to sin … people who cause others to sin … to the person who causes other people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	18	8	vad7	figs-hyperbole	εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	But if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you	Jesus says **Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	18	8	rios	figs-explicit	σκανδαλίζει	1		Here, **stumble** means to cause to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	18	8	gqi3	figs-you	σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί	1	your … you … you … for you	All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	18	8	pc4d	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	into life	Here, Jesus says **life** to refer to eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life with God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	18	8	lhk9	figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	than to be thrown into the everlasting fire having two hands or two feet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	18	9	xad4	figs-hyperbole	καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you	Jesus says **And if your eye causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	18	9	xruf	figs-personification	εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε	1		Jesus speaks of an **eye** as if it were able to cause a person to stumble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you see things with your eyes that cause you to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT	18	9	q7tw	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	causes you to stumble	See how you translated **stumble** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	18	9	eii2	figs-you	σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί	1	your … you … you … for you	All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	18	9	m8as	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	into life	See how you translated **life** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	18	9	r1ie	figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	18	10	qnc6	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε	1	See that	Here, **See** is an idiom that means “be sure that”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be sure that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	18	10	e9uf		ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	you would not despise one of these little ones	See how you translated **little ones** in [18:6](../18/06.md).
MAT	18	10	geci	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ καταφρονήσητε	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “you would treat well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	18	10	xdl9	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in the heavens	Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	18	10	y6n9	figs-idiom	διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	always look on the face of my Father	Here, **always look on the face of my Father** is an idiom that means that they are in his presence. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	18	10	iq8j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	18	12	idl5	figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	What do you think?	Jesus is using the question form to get the people's attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	18	12	h1vu	figs-genericnoun	τινι ἀνθρώπῳ	1		The phrase **a certain man** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	18	12	t5h4	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον?	1	having left the 99 on the hillside and having gone out, does he not seek the one wandering?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly leave the 99 on the hillside and seek the one wandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	18	14	kcy2	figs-simile	οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	it is not the will before your Father who is in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish	Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people are wandering from him and are brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not wanted any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	18	14	usa4	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	your	Here, **your** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	18	14	fmm2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	18	14	kyw7	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	15	kpe2	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	your brother	Here the term **brother** specifically means fellow believers that are like brothers in a family. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	18	15	uyk4	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου	1		Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if a fellow believer sins against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer sins against you. Then you should go to him and reprove him between just you and him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAT	18	15	yh3t	figs-hypo	ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου	1	you will have gained your brother	Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain the importance of reconciling fellow believers. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he listens to you.The. you have gained your brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAT	18	16	i25x	figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified	Here, **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	16	oea6	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο	1		Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if someone who sins against you does not listen to you when you tell them that they are sinning. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they do not listen. Then you should bring one or two other people with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAT	18	16	xv1w	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	18	16	kbrk	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “In order that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every accusation might stand, bring one or two people with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	18	17	g3aj	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	if he might refuse to listen to them	Translate the hypothetical phrases **if he refuses to listen to them, speak to the church** and **if he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector** the way that you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAT	18	17	kx28	figs-simile	ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	the church	Here, Jesus is comparing the person who does not listen to a Gentile and a tax collector. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state what this means explicitly. Alternate translation: “treat them like a Gentile or a tax collector who is not a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	18	18	so62	figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1		See how you translated the words **bind** and **loosed** in [16:19](../16/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	18	19	cal4	figs-explicit	ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	if two of you	Here, Jesus implies not just **two**, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If two or more of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	18	19	fqu2	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my father will do it for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	18	19	gs8w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	18	19	i6zu	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1		See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	20	l7vu	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	in my name	Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	21	c9ym	grammar-connect-logic-result	ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the first phrase describes the reason for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother because he sinned against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	18	21	e973	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1		Here the term **brother** specifically means another disciple of Jesus. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT	18	22	gtfc	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1		Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	18	22	b19x	translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	seventy times seven	This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. Jesus is using this number to mean a number so high that one cannot count. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can use a very large number used for exaggeration in your language. Or you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more times than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT	18	23	rqp1	figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to	The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to** introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	18	23	bp72	figs-explicit	συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	to settle accounts with his slaves	Here, to **settle accounts** means to look at how much each of **his slaves** owes him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to figure out how much his debtors owed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	18	24	d6ne	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης	1	one was brought to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone brought one of the debtors to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	18	24	w3nr	translate-bmoney	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	of 10,000 talents	A **talent** was worth about a days wage. **10,000 talents** would have been an extremely large amount of money. Jesus used this large amount on purpose to show that it was an unpayable amount of debt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an unpayable amount of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	18	25	nmz8	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything that he had, and repayment to be made	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	18	26	thl3	translate-symaction	πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει	1	So the slave, having fallen down, was bowing down before	In their culture, **bowing down** was a sign of honoring someone of more importance than you. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	18	26	pbcc	figs-imperative	μακροθύμησον	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT	18	27	mer0	figs-idiom	τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ	1		Here, **forgave him his debt** is an idiom that means the slave no longer had to pay the debt that he owed the king. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made it so that the slave did not have to pay his debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	18	28	zyie	translate-bmoney	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	one hundred denarii	You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 day's wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	18	29	i21c	translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	having fallen down	See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	18	29	kk6i	figs-imperative	μακροθύμησον	1		See how you translated **Have patience** in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT	18	30	t8wb	figs-idiom	ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	having gone out, he threw him into prison	Here, **he threw him into prison** is an idiom that means that he put him in prison. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him into prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	18	31	w9n2		οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ	1	his fellow slaves	Alternate translation: “the other slaves”
MAT	18	31	nx9k		διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν	1	they fully explained to their master	Alternate translation: “they told the king”
MAT	18	32	txr7		τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Then, having called him, his master	Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”
MAT	18	33	jw37	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα?	1	Was it not necessary for you to also have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you?	The king uses a question to scold the first servant. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	18	34	big9		ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	his master	Alternate translation: “the king”
MAT	18	34	e95u	figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν	1	handed him over	Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his slaves to give him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	18	34	j7s3		τοῖς βασανισταῖς	1	to the torturers	Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”
MAT	18	34	e14m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	that is owed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	18	35	pm1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	18	35	q8p9	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ἕκαστος…ὑμῶν	1	to you … each of you … your	All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	18	35	c4fw	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	from your heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	18	35	mzn6	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	from your heart	The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	19	intro	ewl5			0		# Matthew 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Divorce<br><br>Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([1:12](../mat/01/12.md)).
MAT	19	1	nj6t	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	Matthew uses this verse to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	19	1	bw17	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1		The phrase translated **when Jesus had finished these words** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	19	1	c5j9	figs-metonymy	ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	had finished these words	Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	4	ncb6	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς	1	Have you not read that the one who made them from the beginning made them male and female,	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have certainly read that the one having made them from the beginning made them male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	19	5	n8zn		ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1		Here, Jesus quotes quotes from [Genesis 2:23](../gen/02/23.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	19	5	xc7a	figs-rquestion	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?	This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	19	5	q71w	figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that on account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	19	5	af1r	figs-activepassive	κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	will be joined to his wife	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will come together with his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	19	5	a45k	figs-idiom	κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **he will be joined to his wife** is an idiom that could mean (1) a sexual union. Alternate translation: “he will have sexual union with his wife” (2) associated closely with his wife. Alternate translation: “he will live with his wife”.  If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	19	5	m83j	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	the two will be one flesh	Here, two people, a man and woman, are spoken of as if they can become one person. They do not actually become one person, but are so close to each other that it Is as if they are one person. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will become like one flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	19	5	vs06	figs-metonymy	σάρκα	1		Jesus is using the term **flesh** to mean body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	6	m4b7	figs-metaphor	ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία	1	So then, they are no longer two, but one flesh	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	19	6	gex5	figs-metonymy	σὰρξ	1		See how you translated **flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 
MAT	19	6	ahoc	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “a person” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	19	7	tv3z	figs-explicit	τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1		Moses did not tell the people to divorce their wives, but he gave the men a way to do it if they desired. This might be confusing to your readers, as it might sound like Moses it telling the people to divorce their wives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why did Moses permit us to give a certificate of divorce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	19	7	xml9	translate-unknown	βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	a certificate of divorce	A **certificate of divorce** is a document that legally ends a marriage. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 
MAT	19	8	j6tq	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι Μωϋσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Moses permitted you to send away your wives because of your hardness of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	19	8	zu87	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	For your hardness of heart	The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	19	8	mgx9	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	but from the beginning	Jesus is using the phrase **from the beginning** to mean when God created man and woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when God created man and woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 
MAT	19	9	eq8z	figs-genericnoun	ὃς	1	I say to you	The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT	19	9	i1u0	grammar-connect-exceptions	ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶταιμὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ	1		If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only if someone divorces his wife because she was sexually immoral does he not commit adultery when he marries another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT	19	9	yl3x	figs-ellipsis	γαμήσῃ ἄλλην	1	may marry another	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	19	9	ps45	translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	and the one having been divorced, having married, commits adultery	Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MAT	19	11	h3a3	figs-activepassive	οἷς δέδοται	1	to whom it has been given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones to whom God has given it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	19	12	m1r9	figs-activepassive	εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there are eunuchs who men made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	19	12	g4bw	figs-explicit	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have **made themselves eunuchs** by removing their private parts, as represented in the UST. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. Alternate translation: “eunuchs who remain unmarried” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	19	12	r78n	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the sake of the kingdom of the heavens	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in order to serve God who rules as king from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  
MAT	19	13	wjb5	writing-newevent	τότε	1	Connecting Statement:	Matthew is using the word translated **then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT	19	13	wu52	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία	1	little children were brought to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Some people brought little children to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	19	14	m219	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε	1	do not forbid them to come to me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate the double negative **do not forbid**. Alternate translation: “allow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	19	14	kifm	figs-parallelism	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1		The phrases **Permit the little children** and **do not forbid** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “You should allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	19	14	l1bq	figs-metonymy	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these	See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	17	sce3	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?	1	Why do you ask me about what is good?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the young man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not ask me about what is good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	19	17	d4sh	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός	1	One is good	When Jesus says **One is good**, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God alone is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	19	17	d7fd	figs-idiom	εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	to enter into life	Here, **enter into life** is an idiom that means to gain eternal life. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	19	21	zic9	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	19	21	e4vs	figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	you will have treasure in the heavens	The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to the reward of living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	19	21	ndjb	figs-metonymy	ἀκολούθει	1		Jesus is using the term **follow** to mean “become one of my disciples”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	22	ql5r	figs-metonymy	ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many belongings, so he went away very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 
MAT	19	23	vh98	figs-nominaladj	πλούσιος	1		Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	19	23	ean2	figs-metonymy	δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	will enter … into the kingdom of the heavens	 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	24	c8l5	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	it is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God	Jesus says **it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it would be easier for a large object to pass through a very small hole than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	19	24	dip3	figs-explicit	τρήματος ῥαφίδος	1	the eye of a needle	Here, **eye of a needle** is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sowing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a very small hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 
MAT	19	25	x1at	figs-activepassive	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	Who then is able to be saved?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Who then will God save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	19	26	s7ps	figs-activepassive	δὲ	1		Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	19	26	zsp6	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	19	27	yp3h	figs-nominaladj	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	we have left everything	Peter is using the adjective **everything** as a noun to mean all of their possessions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything which belongs to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	19	28	j89c	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ	1	in the renewal	Jesus is using the phrase **in the renewal** to mean the time when God will recreate the world without any sin in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time when God recreates the world with no sin in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	28	gey2	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	19	28	sx2j	figs-metonymy	καθίσῃ…ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	may sit on his glorious throne	Jesus is using the term **throne** to mean when he is going to rule as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rules over the world as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	28	rx2u	figs-metonymy	καθήσεσθε καὶ…ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους	1	will also sit upon 12 thrones	See how you translated **throne** in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	28	ci3t	figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the 12 tribes of Israel	Jesus is using the term **tribes** to mean the people who belong to those tribes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	29	gq8p	figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός	1	for the sake of my name	Jesus is using the term **name** to mean his entire person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	19	29	z8wb	figs-idiom	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	will inherit eternal life	Here, to **inherit eternal life** is an idiom that means that God will allow them to live forever with him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	19	30	u8p3		πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι…ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	But many who will be first will be last, and the last, first	Jesus is using the terms **first** and **last** to mean peoples importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 
MAT	19	30	hnm1	figs-ellipsis	πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But many first will be last, and many last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	20	intro	z39h			0		# Matthew 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard<br><br>Jesus tells this parable ([20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
MAT	20	1	q9qc	figs-parables	ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	For the kingdom of heaven is like	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated a similar introduction to a parable in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	20	2	iwk5	translate-bmoney	δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν	1	a denarius	A **denarius** was a coin equivalent to a day's wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day's wage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	20	3	s8ha	figs-explicit	περὶ τρίτην ὥραν	1	He went out again	Here, **the third hour** is about 9 o'clock in the morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 9 o'clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	20	3	bki1	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ὥραν	1	the third hour	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “3rd hour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 
MAT	20	3	q3b7	figs-explicit	τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	the marketplace	A **marketplace** is a place were people go to buy food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where people go to buy food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	20	5	j3zh	writing-pronouns	 οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον	1	Again he went out	The pronoun **they** refers to the people standing in the marketplace. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The people who were standing in the marketplace went to the vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	20	5	pip4	figs-explicit	περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	about the sixth hour and again the ninth hour	The **sixth** hour is around noon. The **ninth** hour is around three in the afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about noon and three in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	20	8	wq8c	figs-explicit	τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **manager** is referring to a worker who told the other workers what to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his manager, who was in charge of the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 
MAT	20	8	x6iv	figs-explicit	ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων	1	having begun from the last to the first	Here, **last** and **first** are referring to the **workers**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having begun from the workers who came last to the workers who came first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	20	9	gpkg	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1		See how you translated **denarius** in [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	20	10	d2bn	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	See how you translated **denarius** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	20	12	vy87	figs-idiom	τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat	Here, **the ones having borne the burden** is an idiom that means those who did the most work. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having done the most work for the day in the intense heat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	20	13	qbu1	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι	1	Did you not agree with me for a denarius?	The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers who are grumbling against him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	20	15	h3uh	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?	1	Or is it not lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine?	The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is surely lawful for me to do what I desire with my money!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	20	15	dus3	figs-rquestion	ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?	1	Or is your eye evil because I am good?	The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eyes is certainly evil because I am good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	20	16	k5fe		οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι	1	In the same way, the last will be first, and the first last	 See how you translated a similar verse in [19:30](../19/30.md). 
MAT	20	16	bhr5		οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	In the same way, the last will be first	Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
MAT	20	17	b6ia	figs-explicit	ἀναβαίνων…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Jesus, going up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** was on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going up the hill to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	20	18	nf34	figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	we are going up	Jesus is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT	20	18	b2f2	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	20	18	rbl4	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν	1	the Son of Man … him	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	20	18	s8uh	figs-abstractnouns	θανάτῳ	1	they will condemn	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
MAT	20	19	rjq7	figs-123person	αὐτὸν	1	and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	20	19	a9k5	translate-unknown	μαστιγῶσαι	1	to flog	Here, to **flog** is to whip someone as a form of torture. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	20	19	pn84	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three says later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	20	19	c6q1	figs-123person	αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται	1	him … to crucify him … he will be raised up	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	20	19	kr7a	figs-activepassive	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will be raised up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	20	20	sx75	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	of the sons of Zebedee	The word translated **then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT	20	21	gvrg	figs-imperative	εἰπὲ	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT	20	21	b8xs	figs-metonymy	εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	at your right hand … at your left hand	Jesus is using the phrases **at your right hand** and **at your left hand** to mean places of power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in places of power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	20	21	i9n6	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	in your kingdom	Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean when Jesus rules as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you rule as a king over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	20	22	gx17	figs-you	οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You do not know	**You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	20	22	i8nx	figs-you	δύνασθε	1	Are you able	Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	20	22	f9cy	figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν	1	to drink the cup that I am about to drink	Here, **to drink the cup that I am about to drink** is an idiom that means to suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to suffer in the way that I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	20	22	d4rf	writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	They say	The pronoun **they** refers to the son of Zebedee. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT	20	22	rrl1	figs-exclusive	δυνάμεθα	1		By **we**, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT	20	23	m4d2	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε	1	My cup you will drink	Here, **My cup you will drink** is an idiom that means they will suffer in the same way that Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will suffer just as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	20	23	aq1v	figs-metonymy	δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων	1	right hand … my left hand	See how you translated this in [20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	20	23	mu7h	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	20	23	sj51	figs-activepassive	οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	to those who have been prepared by my Father	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to the ones that God, my Father, prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	20	23	x5f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	20	24	la38	figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν	1	were very angry with the two brothers	The other 10 disciples were angry at the two disciples because they also wanted to be the most powerful when Jesus ruled as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two because they likewise wanted to be the most important people when Jesus would rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	20	26	y4qw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	whoever desires	Jesus is comparing what the rulers of the world do with what the disciples should do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT	20	27	j3ms	figs-nominaladj	εἶναι πρῶτος	1	to be first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean people who think they are most important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to be most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	20	27	u8ea	figs-metonymy	ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος	1		Jesus is using the term **servant** to mean a person who takes the humblest position among the christian community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will serve all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	20	28	m27d	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	the Son of Man … his life	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	20	28	iz71	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι	1	did not come to be served	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	20	28	c7r9	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	but to serve	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	20	28	zh3k	figs-metaphor	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many	Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute for many” or “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	20	28	zv1p	figs-idiom	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	and to give his life	To give one’s **life** is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: “and to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	20	28	hgv7	figs-ellipsis	ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	in exchange for many	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “in exchange for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	20	29	u6ad			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.
MAT	20	29	ev2t		ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν	1	as they were proceeding	Here, **they** refers to the disciples and Jesus.
MAT	20	29	b4tr		ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	followed him	Alternate translation: “followed Jesus”
MAT	20	30	zz5f		ἀκούσαντες	1	Having heard	Alternate translation: “When the two blind men heard”
MAT	20	30	stz8		παράγει	1	is passing by	Alternate translation: “was walking by them”
MAT	20	30	t577		Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of King David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
MAT	20	32	f5mw		ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς	1	called to them	Alternate translation: “called to the blind men”
MAT	20	33	yb39	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	that our eyes may be opened	The men speak of becoming able to see as if their **eyes** were to **be opened**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	20	33	xdgl	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	that our eyes may be opened	Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	20	34	q9iq		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having been moved with compassion	Alternate translation: “having compassion on them” or “feeling compassion for them”
MAT	21	intro	ni1x			0		# Matthew 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Hosanna<br><br>This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”<br><br>No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
MAT	21	1	f8fs			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
MAT	21	1	p3g6	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	Bethphage	**Bethphage** was a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	21	2	wen2	figs-activepassive	ὄνον δεδεμένην	1	a donkey tied up	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a donkey that someone has tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	21	2	pq2e	figs-explicit	δεδεμένην	1	tied up	You can make explicit how the donkey is **tied up**. Alternate translation: “tied up to a post” or “tied up to a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	21	2	ure7		πῶλον	1	a colt	This **colt** was a young male donkey.
MAT	21	4	lk67			0	General Information:	Here the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.
MAT	21	4	irw1		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus’ actions fulfill scripture.
MAT	21	4	n979	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο…γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	this had come about so that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	21	4	x3up	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	through the prophet	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	21	5	whn7		τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών	1	the daughter of Zion	The **daughter** of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”
MAT	21	5	jzz6		Σιών	1	of Zion	**Zion** is another name for Jerusalem.
MAT	21	5	fx3v		ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	on a donkey—and on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden	The phrase **on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden** is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
MAT	21	7	y6en		τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	These **cloaks** were outer clothing or long coats.
MAT	21	8	t29s	translate-symaction	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road	The crowd did these acts to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	21	8	gbn8	figs-explicit	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road	You can state clearly that they did this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road in order to show honor to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	21	9	ky4c		ὡσαννὰ	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** means “Save us,” but it can also mean “Praise God!”
MAT	21	9	ysb9		τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	to the son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
MAT	21	9	q52t	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	21	9	g73z	figs-metonymy	ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	Here, **highest** refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	21	10	cb4h	figs-metonymy	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole the city was stirred	Here, **city** refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	21	10	nqb2		ἐσείσθη	1	was stirred	Alternate translation: “was excited”
MAT	21	12	mc5v			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
MAT	21	12	y9j4	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Jesus entered into the temple	Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	21	12	w7ac		τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας	1	those who were buying and selling	Merchants were **selling** animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
MAT	21	13	q41c		ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1		In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
MAT	21	13	guy7		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he says to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
MAT	21	13	m1jl	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	21	13	z8gr	figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶκός μου…κληθήσεται	1	My house will be called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People should call my house” or “My house will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	21	13	n9v8		ὁ οἶκός μου	1	My house	Here, **My** refers to God and **house** refers to the temple.
MAT	21	13	bd8x	figs-idiom	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	a house of prayer	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	21	13	c7l3	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	21	14	rpp3	figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ	1	the blind and the lame	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **blind** and **lame**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	21	14	aku3		χωλοὶ	1	the lame	To be **lame** is to have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult.
MAT	21	15	hft8		τὰ θαυμάσια	1	the marvelous things	This phrase refers to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in [21:14](../21/14.md). Alternate translation: “the wonderful things” or “the miracles”
MAT	21	15	fqr9		ὡσαννὰ	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** means “Save us” but can also mean “Praise God!” See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md).
MAT	21	15	c6k8		τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md).
MAT	21	15	r3bs	figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν	1	they became very angry	It is implied that they were **very angry** because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	21	16	p7x2		ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1		In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.
MAT	21	16	zx4a	figs-rquestion	ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν?	1	Do you hear what they are saying?	The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	21	16	luy1	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον?	1	Have you never read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?	Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	21	16	qa9u	figs-metonymy	ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise	**From the mouths** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	21	17	kag5		καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς	1	having left them	Alternate translation: “after Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
MAT	21	18	q488		δὲ	1	Now	Th word **when** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
MAT	21	19	l3bi			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
MAT	21	19	h2la		ἐξηράνθη	1	withered	Alternate translation: “died and dried up”
MAT	21	20	q81g	figs-rquestion	πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ?	1	How did the fig tree immediately wither away?	The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	21	20	sk1g		ἐξηράνθη	1	did … wither away	Alternate translation: “did … dry up and die”
MAT	21	21	nd3y		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	21	21	mwl5	figs-doublet	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε	1	if you have faith and would not doubt	Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	21	21	jf9h	figs-quotations	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,	1	you may even say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	21	21	erml	figs-activepassive	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,	1	you may even say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	21	23	yi7j			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus’ authority.
MAT	21	23	uge9	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	when he had come into the temple	It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	21	23	s1w6		ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
MAT	21	25	k1a7		πόθεν ἦν?	1	from where was it?	Alternate translation: “where did he get the authority to do that?”
MAT	21	25	vvt5	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him?’	This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	21	25	xx3b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	From heaven	Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	21	25	jmg7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	Why then did you not believe him?	The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	21	26	zxn4	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,	1	But if we would say, ‘From men,’	This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	21	26	vn6j		φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον	1	we fear the crowd	Alternate translation: “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
MAT	21	26	q1r1		πάντες…ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	they all regard John as a prophet	Alternate translation: “they believe John is a prophet”
MAT	21	28	u56n	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	21	28	iem2	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	But what do you think?	Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	21	29	b96z	figs-metaphor	μεταμεληθεὶς	1	having changed his mind	This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	21	31	hl72		λέγουσιν	1	They say	Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders said”
MAT	21	31	au13		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
MAT	21	31	er5s		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	21	31	ec9f	figs-metonymy	οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you	Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	21	31	pd34		προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	enter … before you	This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders. (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
MAT	21	32	a8z8	figs-you	ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	John came to you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	21	32	n2ve	figs-idiom	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	in the way of righteousness	This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	21	32	c5t4	figs-you	οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	you did not believe him	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	21	33	nn9y	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	21	33	sx2y		οἰκοδεσπότης	1	a landowner	Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property”
MAT	21	33	v39u		φραγμὸν	1	a hedge	Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”
MAT	21	33	lg79		ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν	1	dug a winepress in it	Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
MAT	21	33	eu7x		ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	rented it out to vine growers	The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the **vine growers** to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
MAT	21	33	vp8k		γεωργοῖς	1	to vine growers	These **vine growers** were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.
MAT	21	35	n1cq		τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ	1	his servants	Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants”
MAT	21	40	x1ll	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT	21	41	ss2m		λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	They say to him	Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”
MAT	21	42	z9tm		λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1		Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
MAT	21	42	x8zh			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
MAT	21	42	kk7e		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make **them** specific, use the same audience as you did in [21:41](../21/41.md).
MAT	21	42	me7g	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν?	1	Did you never read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes’?	Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	21	42	mcm8	figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner	Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	21	42	uid2	figs-activepassive	ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	has become the head of the corner	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	21	42	b1sr		παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	This was from the Lord	Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”
MAT	21	42	el83	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	it is marvelous in our eyes	Here, **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	21	43	s93a		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT	21	43	c7pb	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	21	43	v89z	figs-metonymy	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation	Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	21	43	x9nq	figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	21	43	cm2i	figs-metaphor	ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	producing its fruits	Here, **fruits** is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	21	44	r7up	figs-metaphor	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces	Here, **this stone** is the same stone as in [21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	21	44	e7qc	figs-activepassive	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	21	44	ghz2	figs-parallelism	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	but on whomever it may fall, it will crush him	This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	21	44	fonh	figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	but on whomever it may fall, it will crush him	This is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	21	45	gh8w			0	Connecting Statement:	The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
MAT	21	45	qpy9		τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ	1	his parables	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parables”
MAT	22	intro	k5ze			0		# Matthew 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wedding Feast<br><br>In the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](./01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../mat/22/04.md)), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([Matthew 22:45](../mat/22/45.md)).
MAT	22	1	z8vz	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	22	1	bc6y		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the people”
MAT	22	2	xps3		ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md).
MAT	22	3	wur1	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who had been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	4	c7x4	figs-activepassive	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, saying, ‘Tell those whom I have invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	4	arqx	figs-quotations	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	22	4	iq6y		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAT	22	4	xu4t	figs-activepassive	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	My oxen and fattened calves have been killed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	4	ro9h	figs-explicit	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	My oxen and fattened calves have been killed	It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	22	4	c48a		οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ	1	My oxen and fattened calves	Alternate translation: “My best oxen and calves for eating”
MAT	22	5	zu4c		οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες	1	But they, having paid no attention	Alternate translation: “But the guests the king invited, ignoring the invitation”
MAT	22	7	la7s	figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους	1	he killed those murderers	It is implied that it was the king’s soldiers who killed the **murderers**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	22	8	k98u	figs-activepassive	οἱ…κεκλημένοι	1	those who had been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	9	p48s		τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν	1	the crossings of the roads	The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people. Alternate translation: “the crossroads” or “where the main roads of the city cross”
MAT	22	10	uva7		πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	both evil and good	Alternate translation: “both the good people and the bad people”
MAT	22	10	c6ph	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων	1	and the wedding hall was filled with those reclining at table	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	10	fy3a		ὁ γάμος	1	the wedding hall	A **wedding hall** was a large room where weddings were performed.
MAT	22	12	c7iy	figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes?	The king uses a question to scold the guest. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	22	12	w7vb		ὁ…ἐφιμώθη	1	he was speechless	Alternate translation: “the man was silent”
MAT	22	13	jmp4		δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας	1	Having bound him foot and hand	Alternate translation: “After you have tied him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
MAT	22	13	rpy8	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	22	13	s9ge	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	the weeping and the grinding of teeth	Here, **the grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	22	14	hy3a	figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί	1	For many are called, but few are chosen	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	14	yz5f		γάρ	1	For	Here, **For** marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
MAT	22	15	y826			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
MAT	22	15	u2mj		ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ	1	how they might entrap him in his words	Alternate translation: “how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
MAT	22	16	eae4	figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	their disciples … the Herodians	The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	22	16	rf66	translate-names	Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	Herodians	The **Herodians** were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	22	16	t2qa		οὐ…βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	2	for you do not look at the face of men	Alternate translation: “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
MAT	22	17	a9by	figs-explicit	δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι	1	to give a poll tax to Caesar	People did not pay taxes directly to **Caesar** but to one of his **tax** collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	22	18	a2ti	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Why are you testing me, you hypocrites?	Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	22	19	cie7	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	The **denarius** was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	22	20	ue7j		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Here, **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
MAT	22	20	dr3d	figs-rquestion	τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή?	1	Whose image and name inscription is this?	Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	22	21	yd84	figs-ellipsis	Καίσαρος	1	Caesar’s	You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	22	21	i6g5		τὰ Καίσαρος	1	the things of Caesar	Alternate translation: “the things that belong to Caesar”
MAT	22	21	l3dh		τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the things of God’s	Alternate translation: “the things that belong to God”
MAT	22	23	wqg2			0	Connecting Statement:	The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
MAT	22	24	xl5f	figs-quotesinquotes	Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ	1	Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone may have died	The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what **Moses** had written in the Scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	22	24	u7dm		ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	his brother … his wife … for his brother	Here, **his** refers to the dead man.
MAT	22	25	ag5z	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Alternate translation: “the oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	22	26	r6bq	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά	1	the second … the third … the seventh	Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	22	27	t7md		ὕστερον…πάντων	1	last of all	Alternate translation: “after every brother had died”
MAT	22	28	wbd1		οὖν	1	Therefore	The Sadducees use the word **Therefore** to shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
MAT	22	28	s743		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	Alternate translation: “when dead people come back to life”
MAT	22	29	p1ae	figs-explicit	πλανᾶσθε	1	You have been led astray	It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	22	29	xkvg	figs-activepassive	πλανᾶσθε	1	You have been led astray	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	29	dax6		τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	Alternate translation: “what God is able to do”
MAT	22	30	ygr1		ἐν…τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life”
MAT	22	30	uaj9		οὔτε γαμοῦσιν	1	they neither marry	Alternate translation: “people do not marry”
MAT	22	30	qkv1	figs-activepassive	οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	nor are given in marriage	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	31	nx66			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
MAT	22	31	b9sy	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying	This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	22	31	ljj7	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	what was spoken to you by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	22	32	qcq3	figs-rquestion	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’?	This is the end of the question that begins with the words **have you not read** in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what God meant when he said he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	22	32	zwbp	figs-quotations	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’?	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	22	32	t7lv	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	of the dead, but of the living	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **dead** and **living**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	22	34	jnd7			0	Connecting Statement:	A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
MAT	22	35	ud5r		νομικὸς	1	a lawyer	This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “an expert in the law”
MAT	22	37	vng8		ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1		Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
MAT	22	37	xl3e	figs-doublet	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind	These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	22	37	g0mt	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind	Here, **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	22	38	q8j3	figs-doublet	ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή	1	the great and first commandment	Here, **great** and **first** mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important **commandment**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	22	39	xk1k		ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1		Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
MAT	22	39	yx7v		τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	Here, **neighbor** means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must **love** all people.
MAT	22	40	wpr8	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	On these two commandments hang the whole law and the prophets	Here the phrase **the whole law and the prophets** refers to all of Scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	22	41	r9ca			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
MAT	22	41	pj4a		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
MAT	22	42	xlf8		υἱός	1	son	Here, **son** means “descendant.”
MAT	22	42	xhwj	figs-ellipsis	τοῦ Δαυείδ	1	Of David	In this reply, it is understood that they are saying whose son the Christ will be. Alternate translation: “He is the son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	22	43	dpp5			0	General Information:	In verses 43-44, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
MAT	22	43	cu3h	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord, saying	Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	22	43	yu5m		Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	David in the Spirit	This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says. Alternate translation: “David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring”
MAT	22	43	dn9y		καλεῖ…αὐτὸν	1	does … call him	Here, **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
MAT	22	44	wy85		εἶπεν Κύριος	1	The Lord said	Here, **Lord** refers to God the Father.
MAT	22	44	k3f7		τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	to my Lord	Here, **Lord** refers to the Christ. Also, **my** refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David, because he is David’s “Lord.”
MAT	22	44	dz2a	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right hand	To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	22	44	e59n	figs-idiom	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I put your enemies under your feet	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	22	45	d8gl	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’ how is he his son?	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	22	45	x9uh		εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον,	1	If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’	**David** referred to Jesus as **Lord** because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
MAT	22	46	n3hw	figs-metonymy	ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον	1	to answer him a word	Here, **word** refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	22	46	c1f2	figs-explicit	ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι	1	to question him any longer	It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	23	intro	m99i			0		# Matthew 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hypocrites<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name calling<br><br>In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
MAT	23	1	skq4			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that continues to [25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
MAT	23	2	dnu3	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν	1	sit in Moses’ seat	Here, **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	23	3	q336		πάντα…ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε	1	Therefore whatever … do and observe these things	Alternate translation: “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
MAT	23	4	xce6	figs-metaphor	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them	Here, **bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	4	xtr1	figs-idiom	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them	Here, **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	23	5	nw4y	figs-activepassive	πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	They do all their deeds to be seen by people	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	23	5	ln6j	figs-explicit	πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments	Both of these actions are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	23	5	gcv7		φυλακτήρια	1	phylacteries	The **phylacteries** were small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it.
MAT	23	5	h2qj		μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	they enlarge the edges of their garments	The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
MAT	23	6	arf1		τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	the chief places … the chief seats	Both of these places are the places where the most important people sit.
MAT	23	7	cp2m		ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplaces	The **marketplace** was a large, open-air area where people bought and sold items.
MAT	23	7	cbe8	figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί	1	to be called ‘Rabbi’ by people.	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	23	8	uk5v	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε	1	But you must not be called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	23	8	ru2b	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμεῖς	1	you	All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	23	8	s5du		ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	you are brothers	Here, **brothers** means “fellow believers.”
MAT	23	9	l33f	figs-hyperbole	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;	1	you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father,’	Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	23	9	any8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	heavenly Father	**Father** here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	23	10	b8ua	figs-activepassive	μηδὲ κληθῆτε	1	And you should not be called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	23	10	lp5f	figs-123person	ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός	1	for your teacher is one—the Christ	When Jesus said **the Christ**, he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “for I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	23	11	d62b		ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν	1	the greatest among you	Alternate translation: “the person who is most important among you”
MAT	23	11	d9xw	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	among you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	23	12	x187		ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν	1	will exalt himself	Alternate translation: “makes himself important”
MAT	23	12	e81r	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	23	12	uz88	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	23	13	ts6z	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	Jesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	13	qjt2	figs-metonymy		0	General Information:	The words **kingdom of the heavens**, which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	23	13	aw49			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
MAT	23	13	i9dq		οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But woe to you	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “But how terrible it will be for you”
MAT	23	13	j4sd	figs-metonymy	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter	The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling over his people. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king, but you do not accept him as king, and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	23	13	xtjf	figs-metaphor	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter	Jesus is speaking of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven, but you do not enter it, and neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	15	e4a8	figs-idiom	περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	you go over the sea and the dry land	This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	23	15	xo45	figs-merism	τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	the sea and the dry land	The **sea** and the **dry land** represent the two extremes where people can go on earth. Alternate translation: “everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT	23	15	iyl7		ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον	1	to make one proselyte	Alternate translation: “to make one person accept your religion”
MAT	23	15	bq91	figs-idiom	υἱὸν Γεέννης	1	a son of hell	Here, **son of** is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	23	16	r5k3	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ	1	you blind guides	The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	16	qgh8		ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	by the temple, it is nothing	Alternate translation: “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
MAT	23	16	lni3		ὀφείλει	1	he is obligated	Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
MAT	23	17	s7a8	figs-metaphor	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί!	1	You fools and blind men!	The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	17	f9zd	figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	For which is greater, the gold or the temple that has made the gold holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the **gold** as if it were more important than the **temple**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	23	17	j6d5		ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν	1	the temple that has made the gold holy	Alternate translation: “the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
MAT	23	18	lr61	figs-ellipsis	καί	1	And	You can make the understood information explicit. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	23	18	d331		οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	it is nothing	Alternate translation: “He does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “He does not have to keep his oath”
MAT	23	18	ngd2		τῷ δώρῳ	1	the gift	This **gift** was an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
MAT	23	18	zg72		ὀφείλει	1	he is obligated	Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
MAT	23	19	y6hk	figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	blind men	The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	19	g7qr	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	For which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the **gift** as if it were more important than the **altar**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	23	19	gt4d		τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον	1	the altar that makes the gift holy	Alternate translation: “the altar that makes the gift special to God”
MAT	23	20	x4q4		ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	by everything that is on it	Alternate translation: “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
MAT	23	21	m21b		τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	the one inhabiting it	This refers to God the Father.
MAT	23	22	ejw9		τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	the one sitting on it	As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father.
MAT	23	23	lg3r		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you … hypocrites!	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
MAT	23	23	n94y	translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	the mint and the dill and the cumin	These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	23	23	hga6		ἀφήκατε	1	you have neglected	Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed”
MAT	23	23	c8bb		τὰ βαρύτερα	1	the weightier matters	Alternate translation: “the more important matters”
MAT	23	23	m32j		ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι	1	But it was necessary to do these	Alternate translation: “But you ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
MAT	23	23	nn6q	figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	and not to neglect those	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … neglect**, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	23	24	y84y	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!	1	You blind guides	Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	24	l7fh	figs-metaphor	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel!	Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	24	g87t	figs-hyperbole	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel	Jesus understands that it is impossible for a man to swallow a **camel**. He is exaggerating in order to emphasize how foolish the scribes and Pharisees are to ignore the most important laws. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	23	24	xgoa	figs-hyperbole	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel!	It is not possible for a person to swallow a camel. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize how the Pharisees and scribes are ignoring thing that should be obvious to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT	23	24	sn3z		οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα	1	you who are straining out the gnat	This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a **gnat** from a drink.
MAT	23	24	whk2		κώνωπα	1	gnat	A **gnat** is a small flying insect.
MAT	23	25	ns27		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you … hypocrites!	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
MAT	23	25	ru45	figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence	This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the **outside** to others, but on the **inside** they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	25	tz8h		γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	they are full of greed and self-indulgence	Alternate translation: “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
MAT	23	26	lb5j	figs-metaphor	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ!	1	You blind Pharisee!	The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	26	f9p8	figs-metaphor	καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν	1	Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside of it may become clean also	This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the **outside** as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	27	kry1	figs-simile	παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας	1	you are like whitewashed tombs … uncleanness	This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	23	27	ta1f	figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	whitewashed tombs	The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	23	29	tse6	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	of the righteous	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	23	30	kkf2		ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	in the days of our fathers	Alternate translation: “during the time of our forefathers”
MAT	23	30	nq82		οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν	1	we would not have been partners with them	Alternate translation: “we would not have joined with them”
MAT	23	30	x99m	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν	1	in the blood of the prophets	Here, **blood** is associated with the killing of the prophets. Alternate translation: “in the killing of the prophets” or “in the murder of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	23	31	l7rl		υἱοί ἐστε	1	you are sons	Here, **sons** means “descendants.”
MAT	23	32	bpz8	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	And you fill up the measure of your fathers	Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “And you finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	33	va5c	figs-doublet	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You serpents, you offspring of vipers	Here, **serpents** and **vipers** both refer to poisonous snakes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT	23	33	cfj3	figs-metaphor	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You serpents, you offspring of vipers	Here, **serpents** and **vipers** are dangerous creatures and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	33	blv6		γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	you offspring of vipers	Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md).
MAT	23	33	vi6c	figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	how might you escape from the judgment of hell?	Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	23	34	rq8c		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς	1	I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes	Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
MAT	23	35	l7ya	figs-idiom	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth	The phrase **come upon you** is an idiom that means to receive punishment. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for all the righteous blood being shed on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	23	35	h5n7	figs-metonymy	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth	To shed **blood** is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that being shed on the earth” represents **righteous** people who are being killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	23	35	b3a7	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος	1	from the blood … as far as the blood	Here the word **blood** represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder … to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	23	35	z95g	figs-merism	Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου	1	of … Abel … of Zechariah	**Abel** was the first righteous victim of murder, and **Zechariah**, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT	23	35	cbq9		Ζαχαρίου	1	of Zechariah	This **Zechariah** was not the father of John the Baptist.
MAT	23	35	s11l		ὃν ἐφονεύσατε	1	whom you killed	Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually **killed** Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
MAT	23	36	ut4l		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	23	37	w23t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.
MAT	23	37	vne9	figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus speaks as if he were talking only to the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT	23	37	xuj1	figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	23	37	tz4r	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	those who have been sent to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God sends to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	23	37	t9y7	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	your children	Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her **children**. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	23	37	xv4t	figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings	This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	23	37	as8p	translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	a hen	A **hen** is a female chicken. You can translate this with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	23	38	r6ss		ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	your house is left to you desolate	Alternate translation: “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
MAT	23	38	ck2z	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house	This could refer to: (1) the city of Jerusalem. (2) the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	23	39	i14n		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT	23	39	ig61	figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord!	Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	intro	h2a2			0		# Matthew 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The end of the age”<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])<br><br>### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let”<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
MAT	24	1	dh7u			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
MAT	24	1	ke79	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	from the temple	It is implied that Jesus was not in the **temple** itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	24	2	mh5y	figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Do you not see all these things?	Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	24	2	fnv8		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	24	2	l45q	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	certainly stone upon stone may not be left here, that will not be torn down	It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	24	2	ecdz	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	certainly stone upon stone may not be left here, that will not be torn down	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	3	e1is	figs-explicit	τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος?	1	what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?	Here, **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this **age** to an end. Alternate translation: “what will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	24	4	s64s	figs-metaphor	βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	Be careful that no one might lead you astray	Here, **might lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	24	5	lq71	figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	many will come in my name	Here, **in my name** refers to “in my authority” or “as my representative.” Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	5	twh8	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	will lead many astray	Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	24	6	hdz3	figs-activepassive	ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε	1	See that you are not troubled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	7	ygf2	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom	Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	24	7	xuow	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom,	Here, **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	8	q4gl	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	are the beginning of birth pains	Here, **birth pains** refers to the **pains** a woman feels before giving **birth** to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the **beginning** of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	24	9	u5e6		παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	they will deliver you up to tribulation and will kill you	Alternate translation: “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
MAT	24	9	uw1i	figs-metonymy	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	you will be hated by all the nations	Here, **nations** is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	9	nsh3	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	you will be hated by all the nations	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	9	u2bd	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	for the sake of my name	Here, **name** refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	11	mi2e	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	will be raised up	Here, **be raised up** is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	24	11	tjb3	figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	and will lead many astray	Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	24	12	w4af	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	lawlessness will be increased	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lawlessness**, you can express it with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	24	12	bu9b	figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	the love of many will grow cold	This could mean: (1) many people will no longer love other people. (2) many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	24	13	v3ex	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who has endured to the end, he will be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	13	l1pp		ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας	1	But the one who has endured	Alternate translation: “But the person who stays faithful”
MAT	24	13	ht34		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	It is not clear whether **the end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
MAT	24	13	lra5		τέλος	1	the end	Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
MAT	24	14	x3e6	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	this good news of the kingdom will be preached	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	14	opuo	figs-metonymy	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	this good news of the kingdom will be preached	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	14	y65s	figs-metonymy	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	to all the nations	Here, **nations** stands for people. Alternate translation: “to all people in all places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	15	mf1b	figs-activepassive	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου	1	the abomination of desolation, which has been spoken of by Daniel the prophet	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	15	lz9p		ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the one reading understand	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
MAT	24	17	iv2j		ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	the one on the housetop	A typical **housetop** where Jesus lived was flat, and people could stand on it.
MAT	24	19	kq12	figs-euphemism	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	This is a polite way to say “pregnant women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	24	19	f533		ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Alternate translation: “at that time”
MAT	24	20	u4jb		ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν	1	so that your flight may not occur	Alternate translation: “so that you will not have to flee” or “so that you will not have to run away”
MAT	24	20	m6mx		χειμῶνος	1	in winter	Alternate translation: “in the cold season”
MAT	24	22	vd3z	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	unless those days had been shortened, no flesh would have been saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten that time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT	24	22	r9qw	figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	flesh	Here, “flesh” is poetic way of referring to human beings. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	24	22	p6m8	figs-activepassive	κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	those days will be shortened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	23	avm2		μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	you may not believe it	Alternate translation: “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
MAT	24	24	n744	figs-metaphor	ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect	Here, **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. You can translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	24	26	fmx1	figs-quotations	ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε	1	if they might say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ you may not go out there	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	24	26	zxg2	figs-quotations	ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Or, ‘Behold, he is in the inner rooms,’	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	24	26	n2pt		ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	he is in the inner rooms	Alternate translation: “he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
MAT	24	27	j1w1	figs-simile	ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία	1	just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming	This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	24	27	za8b	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	24	28	mu35	writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT	24	28	ivl8		οἱ ἀετοί	1	the vultures	A **vulture** is a large bird that eats the bodies of dead or dying creatures.
MAT	24	29	zmm6		εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος	1	immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun	Alternate translation: “as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
MAT	24	29	l15m		τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	the tribulation of those days	Alternate translation: “that time of suffering”
MAT	24	29	zuk4	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	the sun will be darkened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	29	w1bi	figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	30	yc2x	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	24	30	tld8	figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ	1	all the tribes	Here, **tribes** refers to people of different ethic groups. Alternate translation: “every people group” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	31	fl54		ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης	1	he will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet	Alternate translation: “he will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “he will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
MAT	24	31	rlb4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ	1	he will send his	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	24	31	wi28		ἐπισυνάξουσιν	1	they will gather together	Alternate translation: “his angels will gather up”
MAT	24	31	iq8c		τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	his elect	The **elect** are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
MAT	24	31	ibw7	figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it	Both of these mean the same thing, and emphasize how far the angels will go to gather the elect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	24	31	wp9t	figs-idiom	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it	These phrases are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	24	33	cu5a	figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	24	33	cfz8	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the gates	Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. Alternate translation: “close to the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	24	34	j8np		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	24	34	gld5	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation may certainly not pass away	Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	24	34	y73t		ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	This could refer to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
MAT	24	34	fb4k		ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	until all these things may have happened	Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”
MAT	24	34	r6sk		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	may certainly not pass away	Alternate translation: “will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
MAT	24	35	i8vv	figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	The phrase **the heaven and the earth** is a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even the heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	24	35	e6bf	figs-metonymy	οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν	1	my words may certainly not pass away	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	36	q4pj	figs-metonymy	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	that day and hour	Here, **day** and **hour** refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	36	wq5r		οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός	1	nor the Son	Alternate translation: “not even the Son”
MAT	24	36	p5vu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	24	36	f4s2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	24	37	hf51		ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	For just as the days of Noah were, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man	Alternate translation: “For at the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
MAT	24	37	cpn8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	24	39	ffa6		καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	and they did not know	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people did not realize anything was happening”
MAT	24	39	ah5v		ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	took them all away—thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
MAT	24	40	ksk6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
MAT	24	40	hth3		τότε	1	Then	This refers to the time when the Son of Man comes.
MAT	24	40	gt4l	figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	one is taken, and one is left	This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	42	j83i		οὖν	1	Therefore	Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true,”
MAT	24	42	s6ir		γρηγορεῖτε	1	be alert	Alternate translation: “pay attention”
MAT	24	43	ak6a	figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	if the master of the house had known in what watch of night the thief is coming, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into	Jesus uses a parable of a **master** and a **thief** to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	24	43	ki5s	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1	the thief	Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	24	43	zs23		ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν	1	he would have been alert	Alternate translation: “he would have guarded his house”
MAT	24	43	lg7i	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	would not have allowed his house to be broken into	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	44	gd17	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	24	45	f92d	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ?	1	Who then is the faithful and wise slave whom his master has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time?	Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	24	45	lf8d		τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν	1	to give them their food	Alternate translation: “to give the people in the master’s home their food”
MAT	24	47	lin7		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	24	48	f9ft	figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	might say in his heart	Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “might think in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	24	48	per6	figs-activepassive	χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος	1	My master is delaying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	24	50	bz5k	figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	24	51	jj2z	figs-idiom	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	he will cut him in pieces	This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	24	51	pm18		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει	1	will assign his place with the hypocrites	Alternate translation: “will put him with the hypocrites” or “will send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
MAT	24	51	rwd5	translate-symaction	ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	there will be the weeping and the grinding of the teeth	Here, **the grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	25	intro	qe8a			0		# Matthew 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])
MAT	25	1	em28	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	25	1	pg5i	figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	25	1	uhj1		λαμπάδας	1	lamps	This could refer to: (1) oil **lamps**. (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
MAT	25	2	c8nf		πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	five of them	Alternate translation: “five of the virgins”
MAT	25	3	b37a		οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	did not take oil with themselves	Alternate translation: “took with them only the oil in their lamps”
MAT	25	5	r458		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	25	5	pvh4	figs-activepassive	χρονίζοντος…τοῦ νυμφίου	1	while the bridegroom was delaying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	25	5	qf4b		ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι	1	they all became sleepy	Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy”
MAT	25	6	ufp2		κραυγὴ γέγονεν	1	there was a cry	Alternate translation: “someone shouted”
MAT	25	7	ni6u		ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν	1	trimmed their lamps	Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
MAT	25	8	tsh4	figs-nominaladj	αἱ…μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον	1	the foolish said to the wise	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **foolish** and **wise**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	25	8	i1r7	figs-idiom	αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	our lamps are going out	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	25	10	rfh6		ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν	1	But while they were going away	Alternate translation: “But while the five foolish virgins went away”
MAT	25	10	jej8	figs-ellipsis	ἀγοράσαι	1	to buy	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	25	10	t229		αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	the prepared	This phrase refers to the virgins who had extra oil.
MAT	25	10	g29i	figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα	1	the door was shut	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	25	11	e5pz	figs-explicit	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	open for us	You can state this implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	25	12	z5u1		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what the master says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	25	12	h4a8		οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	I do not know you	Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are”
MAT	25	13	hn7w	figs-metonymy	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	you do not know the day nor the hour	Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact time. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	25	13	xfdj	figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	you do not know the day nor the hour	You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	25	14	cn21	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT	25	14	zqi2		ὥσπερ	1	it is like	The word **it** here refers to the kingdom of heaven ([13:24](../13/24.md)).
MAT	25	14	wv71		ἀποδημῶν	1	going to another country	Alternate translation: “was ready to go to another country” or “was to go soon to another country”
MAT	25	14	vhw1		παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	handed over to them his possessions	Alternate translation: “put them in charge of his wealth”
MAT	25	14	fmb3		τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	his possessions	Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
MAT	25	15	i81u	translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα	1	five talents	Avoid translating this into modern money. A **talent** of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	25	15	vyj2	figs-ellipsis	ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν	1	and to one, two, and to one, one	The word **talents** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and to another he gave two talents of gold, and to another he gave one talent of gold” or “and to another he gave two bags of gold, and to another he gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	25	15	d87u	figs-explicit	κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν	1	according to his own ability	You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	25	16	qkr2		ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	gained another five talents	Alternate translation: “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
MAT	25	17	u4vs		ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	gained another two	Alternate translation: “earned another two talents”
MAT	25	19	vc9p		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	25	20	adz4		πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	I gained five talents	Alternate translation: “I have earned five more talents”
MAT	25	20	ttf7	translate-bmoney	τάλαντα	1	talents	A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	25	21	l5mg		εὖ	1	Well done	Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
MAT	25	21	d2s9	figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	25	21	u9od	figs-123person	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	25	22	n2xc		δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	I have gained two talents	Alternate translation: “I have earned two more talents”
MAT	25	23	hsb6		εὖ	1	Well done	Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
MAT	25	23	plv7	figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	25	23	b5k7	figs-123person	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	25	24	m8an	figs-parallelism	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter	The words **reaping where you did not sow** and **gathering where you did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	25	24	xj4e	figs-metaphor	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter	This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	25	24	au9f		οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	you did not scatter	This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil. Alternate translation: “you did not scatter seed”
MAT	25	25	wl5c		ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	Behold, you have what is yours	Alternate translation: “Look, here is what is yours”
MAT	25	26	l3jz		πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις	1	You wicked and lazy slave, you have known	Alternate translation: “You are a wicked slave who does not want to work. You knew”
MAT	25	26	he3h	figs-parallelism	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter	The words **reap where I did not sow** and **harvest where I did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT	25	26	xtaj	figs-metaphor	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter	This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	25	27	rhg9	figs-ellipsis	ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν	1	I would have received back my money	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would have received back my own money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	25	27	n7jd		τόκῳ	1	interest	This **interest** was a payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money.
MAT	25	28	paw8		ἄρατε…τὸ τάλαντον	1	take away the talent	The master is speaking to other servants.
MAT	25	28	b1ge	translate-bmoney	τὸ τάλαντον	1	the talent	A **talent** was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT	25	29	e5py	figs-explicit	τῷ…ἔχοντι	1	to the one having	It is implied that the person who has something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “to the one who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	25	29	r7lv		καὶ περισσευθήσεται	1	even more abundantly	Alternate translation: “even much more”
MAT	25	29	pcr5	figs-explicit	τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος	1	But from the one not having	It is implied that the person does have something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “But from the one does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	25	29	mdc1	figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται	1	will be taken away	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	25	30	c2vb	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	25	30	zy3k	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	the weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	25	31	qtg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
MAT	25	31	e7um	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	25	32	f2w9	figs-activepassive	καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	And before him will be gathered all the nations	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And he will gather all the nations before himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	25	32	kd14		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	before him	Alternate translation: “in front of him”
MAT	25	32	ndf5	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	all the nations	Here, **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	25	32	nk18	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων	1	just as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats	Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	25	33	pbq9	figs-metaphor	καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	And he will place the sheep on his right, but the goats on his left	This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	25	34	t8pp	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς…αὐτοῦ	1	the King … his	Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	25	34	ze81	figs-activepassive	δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Come, you who have been blessed by my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	25	34	h2k9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	25	34	b57r	figs-activepassive	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	inherit the kingdom prepared for you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	25	34	yj1p	figs-metonymy	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	inherit the kingdom prepared for you	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	25	34	cdi8		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
MAT	25	37	yh3p	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	25	37	cs5d	figs-ellipsis	ἢ διψῶντα	1	Or thirsty	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	25	38	h52x	figs-ellipsis	ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν?	1	Or naked	This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked and give you clothing?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	25	40	m6mi	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	the King	Here, **the King** is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	25	40	i2aq		ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς	1	will say to them	Alternate translation: “will say to those at his right hand”
MAT	25	40	mhe2		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This emphasizes what the King says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	25	40	acs3		ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	for one of the least	Alternate translation: “for one of the least important”
MAT	25	40	nh4y	figs-gendernotations	τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	of these brothers of mine	Here, **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT	25	40	k4hb		ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	you did it for me	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me”
MAT	25	41	z1nh	figs-123person	τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ	1	Then he also will say	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Then the King also will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	25	41	pr8n		κατηραμένοι	1	you cursed	Alternate translation: “you people whom God has cursed”
MAT	25	41	hqf5	figs-activepassive	τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον	1	the everlasting fire that has been prepared	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the everlasting fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	25	43	g6ec	figs-ellipsis	γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με	1	naked, and you did not clothe me	The words **I was** preceding **naked** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	25	43	tq4x	figs-ellipsis	ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ	1	sick and in prison	The words “I was” preceding **sick** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	25	44	hiy6		ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ	1	they will also answer	Alternate translation: “those on his left will also answer”
MAT	25	45	nm2e		ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	for one of the least of these	Alternate translation: “for any of the least important ones of my people”
MAT	25	45	whu5		οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.	1	you did not do it for me	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
MAT	25	46	m6me		καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον	1	And these will go away into everlasting punishment	Alternate translation: “And the King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
MAT	25	46	nj72	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	but the righteous into everlasting life	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	25	46	kq5b	figs-nominaladj	οἱ…δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	If your language does not use nominative adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	26	intro	mtq8			0		# Matthew 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.<br><br>### Passover<br><br>The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Judas’ kiss for Jesus<br><br>[Matthew 26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.<br><br>### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”<br><br>Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([Matthew 26:61](../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
MAT	26	1	t5mz			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.
MAT	26	1	i35c		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	And it happened that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And after” or “Then, after”
MAT	26	1	xiv4		πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	all these words	The phrase **these words** refers to all that Jesus taught starting in [24:3](../24/03.md).
MAT	26	2	g4lh	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι	1	the Son of Man is being delivered up to be crucified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some men will take the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	2	r9px	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	26	3	wew3	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 3-5 give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	26	3	eps8	figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	were gathered together	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	4	hi4x		δόλῳ	1	stealthily	Alternate translation: “secretly”
MAT	26	5	u4fh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Not during the festival	It may be helpful to your readers to state what the leaders did not want to do during the festival. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	26	5	s9p7		ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	the festival	Here, **festival** refers to the yearly Passover festival.
MAT	26	6	v2up			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.
MAT	26	6	zq3j		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	26	6	hg3s	figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	of Simon the leper	It is implied that this **Simon** is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	26	7	ukb9		ἀνακειμένου	1	and he was reclining at table	You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “and Jesus was lying on his side”
MAT	26	7	yxf8		προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ	1	a woman came to him	Alternate translation: “a woman came to Jesus”
MAT	26	7	bhs8	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	This **alabaster jar** was a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT	26	7	yu67		μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	of very expensive ointment	This refers to oil that has a pleasing smell.
MAT	26	7	ea5e		κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	she poured it upon his head	The woman did this to honor Jesus.
MAT	26	8	vit4	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	For what is this waste?	The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	9	y83e	figs-activepassive	ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	For this was able to have been sold for a large amount and to be given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For she could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	9	f76h	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **the poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	26	10	pfv1	figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Why are you causing trouble for this woman?	Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	10	fg3v	figs-you	παρέχετε	1	are you causing	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	26	11	wsp9	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT	26	12	vk5w		τὸ μύρον	1	ointment	This **ointment** was oil that had a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in [26:7](../26/07.md).
MAT	26	13	xs1w		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	26	13	g45l	figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο	1	wherever this good news may be preached	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	13	s12m	figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς	1	what she has done will also be spoken of in memory of her	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	14	i3dy			0	Connecting Statement:	Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
MAT	26	15	es4b		κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν	1	and I will betray him to you	Alternate translation: “and I will bring Jesus to you”
MAT	26	15	x7zx		τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	thirty pieces of silver	Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver”
MAT	26	16	w1e4		ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	in order that he might betray him	Alternate translation: “so that he would give him over to them”
MAT	26	17	e7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
MAT	26	17	f3s2		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	26	18	hc78	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	But he said, “Go into the city to such a man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’”	This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	26	18	r4tg		ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time	This could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus told them about. (2) the time God has set for Jesus.
MAT	26	18	a4i5	figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	is near	This could mean: (1) it “is near.” (2) it “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	18	j9pz		ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα	1	I am doing the Passover	Alternate translation: “I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
MAT	26	20	bga4		ἀνέκειτο	1	he reclined at table	Translate **reclining** with the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
MAT	26	21	ehx6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	26	22	n12r	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Surely not I, Lord?	This could be: (1) a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	24	n7dw	figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	26	24	x2n9	figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	will depart	Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	26	24	vix3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	just as it is written about him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	24	hai5	figs-activepassive	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	to that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	25	vpq1	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	Surely it is not I, Rabbi?	Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	25	y9lk	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	26	qh16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
MAT	26	26	mr5u		λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν	1	having taken … having blessed it … he broke it	See how you translated these words in [14:19](../14/19.md).
MAT	26	27	tn39	figs-metonymy	ποτήριον	1	a cup	Here, **cup** refers to both the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	26	27	zb1i		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	he gave it to them	Alternate translation: “he gave it to the disciples”
MAT	26	27	a9me		πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	Drink from it	Alternate translation: “Drink the wine from this cup”
MAT	26	28	l55a		τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	For this is my blood	Alternate translation: “For this wine is my blood”
MAT	26	28	ct81		τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης	1	blood of the covenant	Alternate translation: “blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
MAT	26	28	bms3	figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	is being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	29	l556		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT	26	29	h85b	figs-idiom	τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	fruit of the vine	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	29	q8zs	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the kingdom of my Father	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	26	29	m9vq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	26	30	ed5k		καὶ ὑμνήσαντες	1	And having sung a hymn	A **hymn** is a song of praise to God.
MAT	26	31	v8yl		σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	will be caused to stumble in me	Alternate translation: “will leave me”
MAT	26	31	nzy2		πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1		In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
MAT	26	31	iap6	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	for it is written	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	31	u1t5	figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	I will strike	Here, **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	26	31	mc1e	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	the shepherd … the sheep of the flock	These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	26	31	rvk1	figs-activepassive	διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	the sheep of the flock will be scattered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	32	pj2u	figs-idiom	μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	after I am raised up	Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	32	xuyz	figs-activepassive	μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί	1	after I am raised up	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	33	m2un		σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	will be caused to stumble	See how you translated this phrase in [26:31](../26/31.md).
MAT	26	34	sf9x		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT	26	34	ui4y	figs-metonymy	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	before the rooster crows	A **rooster** often **crows** about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word **rooster** in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	26	34	lx5i		ἀλέκτορα	1	the rooster	A **rooster** is a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up.
MAT	26	34	h66w		φωνῆσαι	1	crows	Here, **crows** is the common English word for what a rooster does when it calls out loudly.
MAT	26	34	b2rh		τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	you will deny me three times	Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
MAT	26	36	lm3n			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
MAT	26	37	ny4m		ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι	1	he began to be grieved	Alternate translation: “he became very sad”
MAT	26	38	gf7k	figs-synecdoche	περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is deeply sorrowful	Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	26	38	c43t	figs-idiom	ἕως θανάτου	1	to the point of death	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	39	kcz4	figs-idiom	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	he fell on his face	He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	39	nuv7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	26	39	f254	figs-metaphor	παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	let this cup pass away from me	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word **cup** is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	26	39	i7rr	figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	this cup	Here, **cup** is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	26	39	bcn2	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	this cup	The contents in the **cup** are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	26	39	k5in	figs-ellipsis	πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ	1	Yet, not as I will, but as you	This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	26	40	ev7s	figs-you	λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι	1	he says to Peter, “So, were you not able to watch	Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the **you** is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	26	40	c11a	figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	So, were you not able to watch with me for one hour?	Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	41	buv4	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	you might not enter into temptation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	26	41	ny5w	figs-metonymy	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	Here, **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	26	41	xlig	figs-synecdoche	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	**Flesh** stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT	26	42	pz9l		ἀπελθὼν	1	having gone away	Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
MAT	26	42	tqp8	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	The first **time** is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	26	42	ch7t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	26	42	b6cn	figs-metaphor	εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	if this is not able to pass away unless I may drink it	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to **drink**. Alternate translation: “if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	26	42	td6g	figs-metaphor	εἰ…τοῦτο	1	if this	Here, **this** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	26	42	i135	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	unless I may drink it	Here, **it** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). Alternate translation: “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	26	42	xsk1	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	let your will be done	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	43	lts9	figs-idiom	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	their eyes were weighed down	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	44	v3i9	translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	a third time	The first **time** is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	26	45	vvp9	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Are you still sleeping and taking your rest?	Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	45	rw3r	figs-idiom	ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has approached	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	45	g9hi	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	the Son of Man is being betrayed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	45	ell4	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	26	45	g9eb	figs-metonymy	παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	is being betrayed into the hands of sinners	Here, **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	26	45	yx8v		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAT	26	47	hsv7			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
MAT	26	47	rlp9		καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	And as he is still speaking	Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was still speaking”
MAT	26	47	e26h		ξύλων	1	clubs	A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
MAT	26	48	qb4y	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Here, **Now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	26	48	gw8m	figs-quotations	λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.	1	saying, “Whomever I may kiss is him. Seize him.”	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	26	48	m23z		ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	Whomever I may kiss	Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
MAT	26	48	nr34		φιλήσω	1	I may kiss	This action was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
MAT	26	49	uig8		προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come up to Jesus	Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
MAT	26	49	cyb7		κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	he kissed him	Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas **kissed** Jesus. Alternate translation: “he met him with a kiss”
MAT	26	50	w3d6		ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας	1	they laid hands	Here, **they** refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
MAT	26	50	vmd1		ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	they laid hands on Jesus, and seized him	Alternate translation: “they grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
MAT	26	51	vm6s		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
MAT	26	52	tj6n	figs-metonymy	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	those who have taken up a sword	The word **sword** is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	26	52	gzbc	figs-explicit	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	those who have taken up a sword	You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	26	52	w357		μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	a sword will perish by the sword	Alternate translation: “a sword will die by means of the sword” or “a sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
MAT	26	53	kgx8	figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων?	1	Or do you think that I am not able to call upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once?	Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	53	eb7i	figs-you	δοκεῖς	1	do you think	Here, **you** is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	26	53	g3zq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	26	53	tfw8	translate-numbers	πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων	1	more than 12 legions of angels	The word **legion** is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT	26	54	teq5	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?	Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This must happen so that the Scriptures will be fulfilled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	54	xqpr	figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	55	yf4p	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as against a robber?	Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	55	q9vq		ξύλων	1	clubs	A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
MAT	26	55	e8dq	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual **temple**. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	26	56	ygn7	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	26	56	i2jp		ἀφέντες αὐτὸν	1	having left him	If your language has a word that means they **left him** when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
MAT	26	57	f6nj			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
MAT	26	58	jui3		ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	But Peter was following him	Alternate translation: “But Peter followed Jesus”
MAT	26	58	isd4		τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	the courtyard of the high priest	This **courtyard** was an open area near the high priest’s house.
MAT	26	58	v8th		καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω	1	And having entered inside	Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
MAT	26	59	i8jw		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	26	59	jwz5		αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	they might put him to death	Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
MAT	26	59	u6v9		αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	they might put him to death	Alternate translation: “they might have a reason to execute him”
MAT	26	60	m6n5		προσελθόντες δύο	1	two, having come forward	Alternate translation: “two men who had come forward” or “two witnesses who came forward”
MAT	26	61	a8lf	writing-quotations	εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.	1	said, “This man said, ‘I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.’”	If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	26	61	i5n4		οὗτος ἔφη	1	This man said	Alternate translation: “This man Jesus said”
MAT	26	61	mbq1		διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	in three days	This phrase means “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time.
MAT	26	62	v6j9		τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	What is it that they are testifying against you?	The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
MAT	26	63	mm28	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	26	63	lry9		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the living God	Here, **living** contrasts the **God** of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [16:16](../16/16.md).
MAT	26	64	gi6v	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	26	64	zu47	figs-you	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	But I say to you, from now on you will see	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	26	64	ll8r		ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	from now on you will see the Son of Man	The phrase **from now on** could: (1) be an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future. (2) means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
MAT	26	64	b6cb	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT	26	64	p5px	figs-metonymy	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	Here, **Power** is metonym that represents God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	26	64	lcxc	translate-symaction	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	26	64	urp9		ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	coming on the clouds of heaven	Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
MAT	26	65	srg6	translate-symaction	ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	the high priest tore his robe	Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	26	65	qq51	figs-explicit	ἐβλασφήμησεν	1	He has spoken blasphemy	The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement **blasphemy** is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	26	65	t68t	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	Why do we still have need of witnesses?	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	26	65	wh4h	figs-you	νῦν ἠκούσατε	1	now you have heard	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	26	67	adc2		τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Then they spit	This could mean: (1) some of the men spit. (2) the soldiers spit.
MAT	26	67	g1c2		ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	they spit in his face	This action was done as an insult.
MAT	26	68	f2bj		προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Prophesy to us	Here, **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
MAT	26	68	b5xe	figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Christ	Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	26	69	bsb3			0	General Information:	These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
MAT	26	69	h5ts			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
MAT	26	69	y21l		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	26	70	sp1t		οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις	1	I do not know what you are talking about	Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.
MAT	26	71	ief5		ἐξελθόντα δὲ	1	But when he had gone out	Alternate translation: “But when Peter went out”
MAT	26	71	gyw8		τὸν πυλῶνα	1	the gateway	This **gateway** was an opening in the wall around a courtyard.
MAT	26	71	s7c4		λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ	1	says to those there	Alternate translation: “said to the people who were sitting there”
MAT	26	72	e5xl		καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον.	1	And he again denied it with an oath, “I do not know the man!”	Alternate translation: “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
MAT	26	73	hde3		ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	Alternate translation: “one of those who were with Jesus”
MAT	26	73	w8ww		καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ	1	for even your speech makes you evident	You can translate this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”
MAT	26	74	edd8		καταθεματίζειν	1	to curse	Alternate translation: “to call down a curse on himself”
MAT	26	74	w87b		ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	a rooster crowed	A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in [26:34](../26/34.md).
MAT	26	75	nx3j	figs-quotations	καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	And Peter remembered the words of Jesus that he had said, “Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times.”	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT	27	intro	deu4			0		# Matthew 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”<br><br>The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	27	1	hvr4			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
MAT	27	1	qe1s		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	27	1	cm46	figs-explicit	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον…κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	took counsel against Jesus so as to put him to death	The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	3	vzf9	figs-events		0	General Information:	This event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MAT	27	3	qm12		τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	Then Judas, who had betrayed him, having seen	The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
MAT	27	3	v9vj	figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	that he was condemned	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	3	pe4n		τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	the 30 pieces of silver	This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in [26:15](../26/15.md).
MAT	27	4	f6u8	figs-idiom	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	innocent blood	This is an idiom that refers to the death of an **innocent** person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	27	4	mf6b	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	What is that to us?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	27	5	tuh4		ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple	This could mean: (1) he threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
MAT	27	6	r5r9		οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	It is not lawful to put this	Alternate translation: “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
MAT	27	6	ce2x		βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	to put this	Alternate translation: “to put this silver”
MAT	27	6	gtp3	figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	the treasury	The **treasury** was the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	6	j2l8	figs-idiom	τιμὴ αἵματός	1	the price of blood	This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	27	7	mtg6		τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	the field of the potter	This was a **field** that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
MAT	27	8	nts8	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος	1	that field has been called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	8	ag2n		ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	to this day	Here, **this day** refers to the time when Matthew is writing this book.
MAT	27	9	g1gc		καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1		The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
MAT	27	9	rj3u	figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	Then what had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	9	t1dj	figs-activepassive	τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the price of the one whose price had been set by the sons of Israel	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	9	d7l7	figs-metonymy	υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the sons of Israel	This refers to those among the people of **Israel** who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	27	10	c2ch		συνέταξέν μοι	1	had directed me	Here, **me** refers to Jeremiah.
MAT	27	11	pjc5		δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
MAT	27	11	a2e7		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	Alternate translation: “Pilate”
MAT	27	11	a6cm	figs-explicit	αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις	1	It is as you say	This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	12	vl3a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	And when he was accused by the chief priests and the elders	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	13	wn2r	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you?	Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT	27	14	hbm8		οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν	1	he did not answer him not even to one word, so as to amaze the governor greatly	This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent. Alternate translation: “he did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor”
MAT	27	15	jjp8	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	27	15	p1ha		ἑορτὴν	1	the festival	This is the **festival** of the Passover celebration.
MAT	27	15	pfk6	figs-activepassive	ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον	1	to the crowd one prisoner whom they chose	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “one prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	16	q2iu		εἶχον…δέσμιον ἐπίσημον	1	they were holding a notorious prisoner	Alternate translation: “there was a notorious prisoner”
MAT	27	16	svr2		ἐπίσημον	1	notorious	A **notorious** person is someone who is well known for doing something bad.
MAT	27	17	d8hv	figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων…αὐτῶν	1	when they were gathered together	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	17	wrl3	figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	who is called Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	18	jq3c		παρέδωκαν αὐτόν	1	they had handed him over to him	They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him”
MAT	27	19	t3mx		καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	But while he was sitting	Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
MAT	27	19	s5pc		καθημένου…αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	while he was sitting on the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was the place where a judge would sit while making a decision. Alternate translation: “while he was sitting on the judge’s seat”
MAT	27	19	w4i8		ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent word	Alternate translation: “sent a message”
MAT	27	19	an95		πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον	1	I have suffered much today	Alternate translation: “I have been very upset today”
MAT	27	20	ax1i	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT	27	20	et2m	figs-activepassive	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	but would kill Jesus	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	21	x6vf		εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	said to them	Alternate translation: “asked the crowd”
MAT	27	22	zl85	figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	who is called Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	23	m5jm		ἐποίησεν	1	did he do	Alternate translation: “has Jesus done”
MAT	27	23	nb7p		οἱ…ἔκραζον	1	they cried out	Alternate translation: “the crowd cried out”
MAT	27	24	yj8t	translate-symaction	ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	washed his hands in front of the crowd	Pilate does this action as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	27	24	u1fe	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος	1	the blood	Here, **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	27	24	de8w		ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε	1	See to it yourselves	Alternate translation: “This is your responsibility”
MAT	27	25	n5k1	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	His blood be on us and our children	Here, **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	27	25	k1cb	figs-idiom	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	His blood be on us and on our children	The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	27	26	yb5y		τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Then he released Barabbas to them	Alternate translation: “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
MAT	27	26	m63d	figs-explicit	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified	It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	26	n421	figs-metaphor	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified	Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT	27	26	y3kf		τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	2	having scourged Jesus	Alternate translation: “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
MAT	27	27	zz45			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
MAT	27	27	bn22		ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	the whole company of soldiers	Alternate translation: “the entire group of soldiers”
MAT	27	28	nx81		καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	And having stripped him	Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
MAT	27	29	yw94		στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1	a crown of thorns	Alternate translation: “a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
MAT	27	29	dlz7		κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	a staff in his right hand	They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
MAT	27	29	qf8j	figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus **King of the Jews**, but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	27	29	gf6a		χαῖρε	1	Hail	Alternate translation: “We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
MAT	27	30	ib5q		καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν	1	And having spat on him	Alternate translation: “And using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
MAT	27	32	j5wq	figs-explicit	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	coming out	This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “as they came out of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	32	ies4		εὗρον ἄνθρωπον	1	they found a man	Alternate translation: “the soldiers saw a man”
MAT	27	32	sfj2		τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	whom they forced so that he would carry his cross	Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
MAT	27	33	j6hb	figs-activepassive	τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ	1	a place called Golgotha	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	34	f11j	figs-activepassive	πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον	1	wine to drink mixed with gall	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	34	e2uk		χολῆς	1	gall	This **gall** was a bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion.
MAT	27	37	j4s4		τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	the charge against him	Alternate translation: “a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
MAT	27	38	zq4b	figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί	1	Then two robbers are being crucified with him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	39	d4fm	translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	shaking their heads	They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT	27	40	t23i	figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross	They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	40	b5lw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	27	42	ff4d	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	He saved others; he is not able to save himself	This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	27	42	j6l7	figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,	1	He is the King of Israel!	The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him **King of Israel**, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT	27	43	cl97	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	For he said, ‘I am the Son of God.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	27	43	uw85	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ…Υἱός	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	27	44	e26y	figs-activepassive	οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ	1	the robbers who were crucified with him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	45	e7z4		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	27	45	s2l7		ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	from the sixth hour … until the ninth hour	Alternate translation: “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
MAT	27	45	pi8e	figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	darkness happened over all the land	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **darkness**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT	27	46	qyp7		ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus cried out	Alternate translation: “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
MAT	27	46	xub2	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani	These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MAT	27	48	jm37		εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	This could refer to: (1) one of the soldiers. (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
MAT	27	48	bsy1		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A **sponge** is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
MAT	27	48	ny3e		ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	gave it to him to drink	Alternate translation: “gave it to Jesus”
MAT	27	50	fj1v	figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	released his spirit	Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	27	51	w1wq			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
MAT	27	51	a92g		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
MAT	27	51	m1ic	figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1	the curtain of the temple was split in two	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	52	a1cu	figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	And the tombs were opened, and many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	52	kj3r	figs-idiom	πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT	27	52	hgn1	figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	who had fallen asleep	This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT	27	53	q2x5		καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς	1	And having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city and appeared to many	The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the **tombs** were opened (1) the saints came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the saints entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them. (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the saints came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
MAT	27	54	f6rz		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	27	54	vv2g	figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	those with him watching Jesus	This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	54	gw6n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	27	56	ud33		ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	the mother of the sons of Zebedee	Alternate translation: “the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
MAT	27	57	wm5z			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
MAT	27	57	sy9y	translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea	**Arimathea** is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT	27	58	c69n	figs-activepassive	τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι	1	Then Pilate commanded it to be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	59	kj7u		σινδόνι καθαρᾷ	1	in a clean linen cloth	in a clean, fine, costly cloth
MAT	27	60	hvs8	figs-explicit	ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	that he had cut into the rock	It is implied that Joseph had workers who **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	60	lt4k	figs-explicit	καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν	1	And having rolled a large stone against	Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the **stone**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	27	61	ihr8		ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου	1	opposite the tomb	Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
MAT	27	62	qj59		τὴν παρασκευήν	1	the Preparation	The **Preparation** is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
MAT	27	62	j57n		συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον	1	were gathered together with Pilate	Alternate translation: “met with Pilate”
MAT	27	63	sc6y		ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν	1	that deceiver, yet living	Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
MAT	27	63	ri5s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.	1	said, ‘After three days I am being raised up.’	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	27	64	b8n2	figs-activepassive	κέλευσον…ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον	1	command the tomb to be made secure	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	27	64	hbh8	translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	the third day	The word **third** is the ordinal form of three. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT	27	64	pwc8		ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν	1	his disciples, having come, might steal him	Alternate translation: “his disciples may come and steal his body”
MAT	27	64	t78s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ	1	might say to the people, ‘He has been raised up from the dead,’ and	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	27	64	c7bf		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died”
MAT	27	64	u5tg	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	and the last deception will be worse than the first	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	27	65	dkq9		κουστωδίαν	1	a guard	This **guard** consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
MAT	27	66	pk1q		σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	having sealed the stone	This could mean: (1) they put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) they put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
MAT	27	66	e8uf		μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	with the guard	Alternate translation: “and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
MAT	28	intro	psw9			0		# Matthew 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Make disciples”<br><br>The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](../mat/28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### An angel of the Lord<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
MAT	28	1	anr1			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
MAT	28	1	qkn8		ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	Now late on the Sabbath, as it is dawning toward the first day of the week	Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
MAT	28	1	gs43		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	28	1	zu2b		ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	the other Mary	This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([27:56](../27/56.md)). Alternate translation: “the other woman named Mary”
MAT	28	2	j25i		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
MAT	28	2	l4s2		σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone	This could mean: (1) the **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) all these events happened at the same time.
MAT	28	2	s43v		σεισμὸς…μέγας	1	a great earthquake	An **earthquake** is a sudden and violent shaking of the ground.
MAT	28	3	vfh4		ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ	1	his appearance	Alternate translation: “the angel’s appearance”
MAT	28	3	p12y	figs-simile	ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	was like lightning	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	28	3	i4hp	figs-ellipsis	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	his clothing white like snow	The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT	28	3	bzow	figs-simile	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	his clothing white like snow	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	28	4	b1ic	figs-simile	ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί	1	became like dead men	This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT	28	5	q8dd		ταῖς γυναιξίν	1	to the women	Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
MAT	28	5	tbd8	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	who has been crucified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	28	7	sp2a	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε.	1	tell his disciples, ‘He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT	28	7	r5cw		ἠγέρθη	1	He has been raised up	Alternate translation: “He has come back to life”
MAT	28	7	a1ir		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
MAT	28	7	ljb2	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὄψεσθε…ὑμῖν	1	he is going ahead of you … you will see him	Here, all occurrences of **you** are plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT	28	8	j2sv		καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ	1	And having quickly left	Alternate translation: “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
MAT	28	9	s393		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
MAT	28	9	n5sz		χαίρετε	1	Greetings	This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
MAT	28	9	nmg1		ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας	1	took hold of his feet	Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
MAT	28	10	etk6		τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	my brothers	Here, **my brothers** refers to Jesus’ disciples.
MAT	28	11	u1ae			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
MAT	28	11	ktu5		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT	28	11	mu4l		αὐτῶν	1	They	Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
MAT	28	11	rnr3		ἰδού	1	behold	Here, **behold** marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
MAT	28	12	ht82		συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες	1	discussed the matter with them	The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers. Alternate translation: “decided on a plan among themselves”
MAT	28	13	kn8i	writing-quotations	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.	1	Say, ‘His disciples came … while we were sleeping.’	If your language does not use quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT	28	14	n8xy		καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	If this report reaches the governor	Alternate translation: “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
MAT	28	14	u13q		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	Alternate translation: “Pilate” ([27:2](../27/02.md))
MAT	28	14	x57k		ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν	1	we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble	Alternate translation: “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
MAT	28	15	yu3c	figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	did as they had been instructed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	28	15	cp7r		ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today	Alternate translation: “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
MAT	28	15	vp3a		μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	even until today	This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
MAT	28	16	h1ln			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
MAT	28	17	pze9		προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	they worshiped him, but some doubted	This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
MAT	28	17	xgr5	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	but some doubted	You can state this explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT	28	18	v37p	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	All authority has been given to me	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT	28	18	sm35	figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	in heaven and on earth	Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT	28	19	yz6q	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	of all the nations	Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	28	19	l5b5	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα	1	into the name	Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT	28	19	kwa3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	the Father … the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT	28	20	mz6f		ἰδοὺ	1	See	Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAT	28	20	si8z		ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	even to the end of the age	Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”